The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2022-133-E-AMS-Warren Hay Mechanical Contractors-Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification Revised 06/21 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE ES Warehouse DEHU FY 2021-2022 NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT UNDER $250,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the 8th day of April, 2022, by and between Warren Hay Mechanical Contractors, LLC, (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, Proposal, Construction Drawings, and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement. b. Designer Approved Bulletins and Field Orders. c. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. d. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform all of the work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by Salas O'Brien (Sheet G001, G002, H001, H101, H201, E001, E101, E201 dated 12/23/2021) b. Written specifications prepared by the project engineer. c. Warren Hay Mechanical Contractors, LLC proposal dated March 23, 2022 which fully describes the work to be performed. Such work will hereafter be called the “Work”. d. Related documents listed under Section 1 above. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 2 3. TERM AND SCHEDULING a. The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice to Proceed. b. The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work by August 25, 2022. c. Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d. The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner, and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. e. It is expressly understood that the Owner will employ other contractors to perform work as a part of the Project whose work will be performed simultaneously and sequentially with the performance of the Work by the Contractor. It shall be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate its activities with such other contractors, particularly with respect to access to work areas, storage of materials and other common facilities. f. Should the Owner determine that the Contractor is behind schedule Owner may require, at no additional cost to the Owner, the Contractor to expedite and accelerate its efforts, including providing additional resources and working overtime, as necessary, to perform the Work in accordance with the approved project schedule. 4. STANDARD OF CARE a. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the highest generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy and timely completion and submission of all work. b. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all errors or omissions caused by its employees, agents, contractors, or assigns in the performance of the Agreement. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e. If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it or its employees, agents DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 3 and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in a state of suspension or revocation. f. The Contractor is responsible for all physical damage to owned or rented machinery, tools, equipment, forms, and other items owned, rented or used by the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) in the performance of the Work including all of Owner’s property in Contractor’s care, custody, or control, and all such property while it is in transit. g. The Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining all permits necessary to complete the Work in compliance with all local, state, and federal laws. 5. PAYMENT & TAXES a. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed One Hundred Eighty-Five Thousand, Six Hundred Sixty Two Dollars ($185,662.00). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the architect if an architect is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. i. The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at 1620 Midtown Place, Raleigh NC 27609 and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. ii. The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%). 1. Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. iii. Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after one hundred percent (100%) of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate affidavit as required in Section 7(c) below has been received by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. i. Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. ii. This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 4 c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. 6. INSURANCE AND BONDS a. Minimum requirements – Contractor shall obtain, at its sole expense, Commercial General Liability Insurance, Automobile Insurance, Workers’ Compensation Insurance, and any additional insurance as may be required by Owner’s Risk Manager as such insurance requirements are described in the Orange County Risk Transfer Policy and Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements (each document is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). If Owner’s Risk Manager determines additional insurance coverage is required such additional insurance shall be designated here N/A (if no additional insurance required mark N/A as being not applicable). Contractor shall not commence construction work until such insurance is in effect and certification thereof has been received by the Owner's Risk Manager. b. Performance Bonds – Contractor shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents or related in any way to the Work. Contractor shall immediately furnish a copy of such bonds to any requesting person who appears to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents. This subsection 6(b) applies only to Contracts of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) or more where the total cost for the project is three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000.00) or more. 7. INDEMNITY a. To the extent authorized by North Carolina law the Contractor shall indemnify, without limitation, and hold harmless to the maximum extent permitted by law the Owner and its agents and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, loss es and expenses, including attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance or nonperformance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damages, loss or expense (A) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or injury to, or destruction of, property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and (B) is caused in whole or in part by any breach of any provision of the Agreement or by any negligent or wrongful act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or supplier of the Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation of the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. It is the intent of this section that the Contractor shall indemnify the County to the maximum extent allowed by law. b. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner from any lien of whatever type through the purchase of appropriate bonds and insurance as designated in Section 6 above. In the event any such lien is filed against Owner’s property Contractor shall, through such DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 5 bonds and insurance or at Contractors expense, defend Owner against all such claims of lien. c. Upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall execute an affidavit stating there are no unpaid debts for any work that has been done or materials that have been furnished to the project prior to and as of the date of substantial completion and further stating that Contractor shall indemnify, save and protect Owner and Owner’s lender, if any, harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, causes of action, and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto) arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any such debts and liens. Such indemnification shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Owner. d. By executing this Agreement Contractor agrees to abide by and be bound by the indemnification provisions herein and of Section 7(c) specifically. 8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW a. Any dispute with respect to any provision of, or the performance or non-performance of, this Agreement shall be subject to the Dispute Resolution Rules and Procedures for Orange County Design, Building Construction, Renovation, and Repair Projects. The policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). b. The laws of the State of North Carolina shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Any and all suits or actions to enforce, interpret or seek damages with respect to any provision of, or the performance or nonperformance of, this Agreement or the Contract shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Orange County, North Carolina and it is agreed by the parties that no other court shall have jurisdiction or venue with respect to such suits or actions. c. Notice of any claim by Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other Party within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim or within thirty (30) days of the discovery of the event or condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is later. i. Should any claim be made, regardless of whether such claim is made by Owner or Contractor, Contractor shall continue to faithfully and diligently perform the Work in such a manner as to meet all scheduled timelines. Any failure to faithfully and diligently perform the Work may be deemed, by the Owner, a breach of the Contract. ii. If a claim is made such claim shall be made to the initial decision maker, if applicable, who may request more supporting data, reject the claim in whole or in part, approve the claim in whole or in part or advise the parties the claim is unable to be resolved. iii. If a claim is made by the Owner the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety. 9. NON–APPROPRIATION a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 6 b. In the event that public funds are unavailable or not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the unavailability or non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 10. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Warren Hay Mechanical Attn: A. Barnes Attn: Ron LaPann P.O. Box 8181 PO Box 818 Hillsborough, NC 27278 Hillsborough, NC 27278 11. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. d. Should the Architect, if an architect is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the Work. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 7 expense borne by the Architect under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. e. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. f. By executing this Agreement Contractor affirms that Contractor and any subcontractors of Contractor are and shall remain in compliance with Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the North Carolina General Statutes. g. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.58. h. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.81. i. The County has designated (Angel Barnes) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Work and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. j. Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to all state and federal non- discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non- Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach to discrimination. k. This Agreement together with any amendments or modifications may be executed electronically. All electronic signatures affixed hereto evidence the consent of the Parties to utilize electronic signatures and intent of the Parties to comply with Article 11A and Article 40 of North Carolina General Statute Chapter 66. l. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. m. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. 12. CONSEQUENTIAL AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 8 a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: i. Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. ii. Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. b. Liquidated damages shall be in accord with the Contract Documents. If the Contract Documents do not otherwise address liquidated damages, such damages shall be in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. 13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION a. The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor to terminate, suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is not due to or as a result of any fault on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, the Contractor may recover a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day with a not-to-exceed limit of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00). ii. In the event of termination by the Owner under this Agreement, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive its reasonable and documented direct costs prior to termination, including the cost of materials purchased for the Work which purchases cannot be canceled or which material cannot reasonably be used by the Contractor on other work, and the cost of closing down the work in a safe and efficient manner. iii. If Owner elects to suspend or terminate the contract pursuant to subparagraphs 13.a.i. or 13 a.ii. the sole remedy available to the Contractor are those listed in the subparagraphs and Contractor is not entitled to any right to further claims for any amount owed or disputed or for payment of damages alleged to have been sustained as a result of Owner’s order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work. b. The Owner may, with cause, order the Contractor to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the cause remains. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is due to or as a result of any fault on the part of th e Contractor or any subcontractor, the Owner may reduce payment at a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. c. Contractor may terminate the Contract if, at the Owner’s written direction, the Work is stopped for twenty one (21) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, their agents or employees, or a subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other person performing work pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor may terminate the Contract if a Court or other Public authority having jurisdiction enters a lawful order DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 06/21 9 that requires all work to be stopped and such stoppage lasts for twenty one (21) consecutive days. d. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party that obligations pursuant to this Agreement are made impossible due to declarations of emergency by Orange County or by North Carolina due to events directly impacting Orange County. Both parties shall remain responsible for all payment and performance due up to the receipt of such notice, but shall have no further obligation or responsibility beyond that date provided the terminating party has taken all reasonable steps to complete the performance of its obligations. 14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice-to- Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written wholly or in a number of counterparts each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY CONTRACTOR ____________________________________ ________________________________________ Signature Signature County Manager ________________________________________ Printed Name and Title DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Commercial Division 4/5/2022 Ron LaPann 4/6/2022 Revised 06/21 10 ORANGE COUNTY—DEPARTMENT USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Party/Vendor Name: Warren Hay Mechanical Contractors, LLC Party/Vendor Contact Person: Ron LaPann (ron.lapann@warren-hay.com) Contact Phone: 919.732.4362 Party/Vendor Address: PO Box 818 City Hillsborough State: NC Zip: 27278 Department: AMS Amount: $185,662.00 Purpose: Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification Budget Code(s): 61370035-880030-10068 Vendor # 25352 (N/A if new vendor) Vendor is a BOCC consultant? Yes No Contract Type: (Check one) New Renewal Amendment Effective Date April 11, 2022 Approved by Board Yes No Agenda Date: --- For Section XIV. c. contracts only, Approved by Board in Current FY Budget Yes No This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the a greement: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Agreements for emergency services or repair are not subject to the above affirmation. If services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed please briefly describe the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: N/A Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board Received for record retention: All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 4/6/2022 4/6/2022 4/6/2022 4/6/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DRAWING LISTNO.TITLEG001 COVER SHEETG002 CODE SUMMARY SHEETH001 STANDARDS, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONSH101 FIRST FLOOR PLANH201 DETAILSE001 STANDARDS, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONSE101 FIRST FLOOR PLANE201 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DISTRIBUTIONSheet Title:Sheet Number:Revisions:Designed by:Checked by:Date:Project Number:Copyright © 2021 Salas O'BrienSO Project No: ORANGE COUNTYEMERGENCY SERVICES CENTERDEHUMIDIFICATION510 MEADOWLANDS DRIVEHILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA0611-02-00-2001/14/2022COVER SHEETG0010611-02-00-20GTBAFSHILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINADEHUMIDIFICATIONORANGE COUNTY EMERGENCY SERVICES CENTER1/14/2022CD BIDDocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Sheet Title:Sheet Number:Revisions:Designed by: Checked by:Date:Project Number:Copyright © 2021 Salas O'BrienSO Project No: ORANGE COUNTYEMERGENCY SERVICES CENTERDEHUMIDIFICATION510 MEADOWLANDS DRIVEHILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA0611-02-00-2001/14/2022CODE SUMMARYSHEETG0020611-02-00-20GTB AFSN/AN/AN/AN/AName of Project:Address:Zip CodeOwner/Authorized Agent:Phone # EmailOwned By: City/County Private StateCode Enforcement Jurisdiction: City County State(EXCEPT ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS AND TOWNHOUSES)(Reproduce the following data on the building plans sheet 1 or 2)2018 BUILDING CODE SUMMARYFOR ALL COMMERCIAL PROJECTSArchitectural:Civil: Electrical: Fire Alarm: Plumbing: Mechanical: Sprinkler-Standpipe: Structural: Retaining Walls >5’:Other:("Other" should include firms and individuals such as truss, precast, pre-engineered, interior designers, etc.)NAMEFIRMLICENSEPHONEContact:DESIGNERPrimary Occupancy Classification(s):Assembly: A-1 A-2 A-3 A -4 A-5Business:Educational:Factory F-1 Moderate F-2 LowHazardous: H-1 Detonate H-2 Deflagrate H-3 Combust H-4 Health H-5 HPMInstitutional: I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4 I-1 Condition 1 2I-2 1 2I-3 Condition: 1 2 3 4 5Mercantile:Residential: R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4Storage: S-1 Moderate S-2 Low High-piledALLOWABLE AREA1Frontage area increases from Section 506.2 are computed thus:a. Perimeter which fronts a public way or open space having 20 feet minimum width = _____ ft (F)b. Total Building Perimeter = _____ ft (P)c. Ratio (F/P) = _____ (F/P)d. W = Minimum width of public way = _____ ft (W)2 Unlimited area applicable under conditions of Section 507.3Maximum Building Area = total number of stories in the building x D (maximum 3 stories) (506.2).4The maximum area of open parking garages must comply with Table 406.5.4. The maximum area of air traffic control towers must comply with Table 412.3.1.5Frontage increase is based on the unsprinklered area value in Table 506.2.(D)ALLOWABLE AREA PER STORY OR UNLIMITED2,3DESCRIPTION AND USE(C)AREA FOR FRONTAGE INCREASE1,5SHOWN ON PLANSALLOWABLECODE REFERENCE(B)TABLE 506.24AREA(A)BLDG AREA PERSTORY (ACTUAL)STORY NO. ALLOWABLE HEIGHTBuilding Height in Feet (Table 504.3)Building Height in Stories (Table 504.4)Construction Type:(Check all that apply)BASIC BUILDING DATAInterior walls and partitionsFIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTSRATINGDETAIL #AND SHEET #BUILDING ELEMENTFIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (FEET)SHEET # FOR RATED PENETRATIONREQ'DPROVIDED (W/________* REDUCTION)DESIGN # FOR RATED ASSEMBLYSHEET # FOR RATED JOINTSNonbearing Walls and PartitionsBearing WallsInterior* Indicate section number permitting reductionRoof construction, including supporting beams and joistsCorridor Separation Structural Frame Including columns, girders, trussesFloor ConstructionFloor Ceiling AssemblyColumns Supporting FloorsRoof Ceiling Assembly Columns Supporting Roof Shaft Enclosures - ExitShaft Enclosures - OtherOccupancy/Fire Barrier SeparationParty/Fire Wall SeparationIncidental Use SeparationSmoke Barrier SeparationTenant/Dwelling Unit/Sleeping Unit SeparationLIFE SAFETY PLAN REQUIREMENTSLife Safety Plan Sheet #Fire and/or smoke rated wall locations (Chapter 7)Assumed and real property line locations (if not on the site plan)Exterior wall opening area with respect to distance to assumed property lines (705.8)Occupancy Use for each area as it relates to occupant load calculation (Table 1004.1.2)Occupant loads for each areaExit access travel distances (1017)Common path of travel distances (1006.2.1 & 1006.3.2(1))Dead end lengths (1020.4)Clear exit widths for each exit doorMaximum calculated occupant load capacity each exit door can accommodate based on egress width (1005.3)Actual occupant load for each exit doorA separate schematic plan indicating where fire rated floor/ceiling and/or roof structure is provided for purposes of occupancy separationLocation of doors with panic hardware (1010.1.10)Location of doors with delayed egress locks and the amount of delay (1010.1.9.7)Location of doors with electromagnetic egress locks (1010.1.9.9)Location of doors equipped with hold-open devicesLocation of emergency escape windows (1030)The square footage of each fire area (202)The square footage of each smoke compartment for Occupancy Classification I-2 (407.5)Note any code exceptions or table notes that may have been utilized regarding the items aboveLIFE SAFETY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTSEmergency Lighting:Exit Signs:Fire Alarm:Smoke Detection Systems:Carbon Monoxide Detection:NoNoNoNoNoYesYesYesYesYesPLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS(TABLE 2902.1)USEWATERCLOSETSDRINKING FOUNTAINSURINALS LAVATORIESSHOWERS/TUBSMALE FEMALEMALE FEMALEREGULAR ACCESSIBLEREQ'DNEWACCESSIBLE PARKING(Section 1106)LOT OR PARKING AREATOTAL # OF PARKING SPACESPROVIDEDREGULAR WITH 5' ACCESS AISLE8' ACCESS AISLETOTAL # ACCESSIBLE PROVIDEDSPECIAL APPROVALSSpecial approval: (Local Jurisdiction, Department of Insurance, OSC, DPI, DHHS, ICC, etc., describe below)I-AI-BIII-AIII-BNorthEastWestSouthNorthEastWestSouthNEW (SQ FT) SUB-TOTALFLOOREXISTING (SQ FT)GROSS BUILDING AREA TABLETOTAL:REQUIRED# OF ACCESSIBLE SPACES PROVIDEDTOTAL:E-MAIL2018 NC Building Code:New BuildingAdditionPrescriptiveConstructed: (date)Renovated: (date)Current Use(s): (Ch.3):Proposed Use(s): (Ch.3):II-AII-BIVV-AV-BSprinklers:NoPartial NFPA 13NFPA 13DNFPA 13RStandpipes:No IIWetIClassIIIDryPrimary Fire District:No YesYesFlood Hazard Area:NoSpecial Inspections Required:Utility and Miscellaneous: Parking GarageOpenEnclosed Repair GarageAccessory Occupancy Classification(s):Mixed Occupancy:No Yes Separation:Hr.Exception:Actual Area of Occupancy A + Actual Area of Occupancy B < 1Allowable Area of Occupancy A Allowable Area of Occupancy BVAN SPACES WITH 132" ACCESS AISLEEXIST'GSPACE+ + + + =< 1ENERGY SUMMARYClimate Zone:3A4A5AMethod of Compliance:Energy Code:ASHRAE 90.1:Other:THERMAL ENVELOPE(Prescriptive method only)Roof/ceiling Assembly (each assembly)Description of assembly:U-Value of total assembly:R-Value of insulation:Skylights in each assembly:U-Value of skylight:total square footage of skylights in each assembly:Exterior Walls (each assembly)Description of assembly:U-Value of total assembly:R-Value of insulation:Openings (windows or doors with glazing):U-Value of assembly:Solar heat gain coefficient:Projection Factor:Door R-Values:Walls below grade(each assembly)Description of assembly:U-Value of total assembly:R-Value of insulation:Floor over unconditioned space(each assembly)Description of assembly:U-Value of total assembly:R-Value of insulation:Floors slab on gradeDescription of assembly:U-Value of total assembly:R-Value of insulation:Horizontal/vertical requirement:Slab heated:Non-Separated Use (508.3)Separated Use (508.4) - See below for area calculations for each story, the area of the occupancy shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual floor area of each use divided by the allowable floor area for each use shall not exceed 1. 2018 NC Existing Building Code:(check all that apply)Alteration Level IRenovationShell/CoreHistoric Property1st Time Interior CompletionsPhased Construction - Shell CoreChapter 14Alteration Level IIAlteration Level IIIChange of UseOccupancy Category (Table 1604.5):Current:Proposed:No YesIncidental Uses (Table 509):This separation is not exempt as a Non-Separated Use (see exceptions).Special Uses (Chapter 4 - List Code Sections):Special Provisions (Chapter 5 - List Code Sections):ExteriorExterior wallsIncluding supporting beams and joistsSmoke Partition1Provide code reference if the "Shown on Plans" quantity is not based on Table 504.3 or 504.4.ALLOWABLE AREA (%)DEGREE OF OPENINGS PROTECTION(TABLE 705.8)PERCENTAGE OF WALL OPENING CALCULATIONSFIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (FEET) FROM PROPERTY LINESACTUAL SHOWN ON PLANS (%)ACCESSIBLE DWELLING UNITS(Section 1107)TOTAL UNITSACCESSIBLE UNITS PROVIDEDTYPE A UNITS REQUIREDTYPE B UNITS PROVIDEDTOTAL ACCESSIBLE UNITS PROVIDEDACCESSIBLE UNITS REQUIREDTYPE A UNITS PROVIDEDTYPE B UNITS REQUIREDUNISEX UNISEXExisting building envelope complies with code: Exempt Building: Provide code or statutory reference: APPENDIX BSelect oneENERGY REQUIREMENTS:The following data shall be considered minimum and any special attribute required to meet the energy code shall also be provided. Each Designer shall furnish the required portions of the project information for the plan data sheet. If performance method, state the annual energy cost for the standard reference design versus the annual energy cost for the proposed design.(If checked, the remainder of this section is not applicable.)PerformancePerformancePrescriptivePrescriptivePerformance (Specify source)STRUCTURAL DESIGN(PROVIDE ON SHEET 1 OR 2 OF THE STRUCTURAL SHEETS)2018 BUILDING CODE SUMMARYFOR ALL COMMERCIAL PROJECTSAPPENDIX BDESIGN LOADS:Importance Factors:Wind (IW)Snow (IS)Seismic (IE)Live Loads:RoofMezzanineFloorGround Snow Load:Wind Load:Basic Wind SpeedExposure CategorySEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY:A CB DProvide the following Seismic Design Parameters:Occupancy Category(Table 1604.5):I IIIII IVSpectral Response AccelerationSSS1Site Classification (ASCE 7)Data Source:A CB DField Test Presumptive Historical DataE FBasic Structural System (check one)Bearing Wall Dual w/Special Moment FrameBuilding Frame Dual w/Intermediate R/C or Special SteelMoment Frame Inverted PendulumAnalysis Procedure:SimplifiedDynamicEquivalent Lateral ForceArchitectural, Mechanical, Components anchored?Yes NoLATERAL DESIGN CONTROL:Earthquake WindSOIL BEARING CAPACITIES:Field Test (provide copy of test report)Presumptive Bearing capacityPile size, type, and capacityMECHANICAL DESIGN(PROVIDE ON THE MECHANICAL SHEETS IF APPLICABLE)MECHANICAL SUMMARY2018 BUILDING CODE SUMMARYFOR ALL COMMERCIAL PROJECTSAPPENDIX BMECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTThermal Zonewinter dry bulb:summer dry bulb:Interior design conditionswinter dry bulb:summer dry bulb:relative humidity:Building heating load:Building cooling load:Mechanical Spacing Conditioning SystemUnitary description of unit: heating efficiency: cooling efficiency: size category of unit:Boiler Size category. If oversized, state reason:Chiller Size category. If oversized, state reason:List equipment efficiencies:ELECTRICAL DESIGN(PROVIDE ON THE ELECTRICAL SHEETS IF APPLICABLE)ELECTRICAL SUMMARY2018 BUILDING CODE SUMMARYFOR ALL COMMERCIAL PROJECTSAPPENDIX BELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENTMethod of ComplianceEnergy Code: Prescriptive PerformanceASHRAE 90.1: Prescriptive PerformanceLighting Schedule(each fixture type) lamp type required in fixture number of lamps in fixture ballast type used in the fixture number of ballasts in fixture total wattage per fixture total interior wattage specified versus allowed (whole building or space by space) total exterior wattage specified versus allowedAdditional Prescriptive ComplianceC406.2 More Efficient Mechanical EquipmentC406.3 Reduced Lighting Power DensityC406.4 Enhanced Digital Lighting ControlsC406.5 On-Site Renewable EnergyC406.6 Dedicated Outdoor Air SystemC406.7 Reduced Energy Use in Service Water Heatingpsfpsfpsfpsfmph (ASCE-7)%g%gpsfpsfSEE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONSSEE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS2013 ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS, BOONE, NC,HEATING 99.6% / COOLING 1%** Structural fire rating00000000000ORANGE COUNTY EMERGENCY SERVICES CENTER DEHUMIDIFICATIONHILLSBOROUGHXXXXSALAS OBRIENSALAS OBRIENN/AN/ARODEL DATING, PEADAM SPACH, PEN/AN/A2756532580N/AN/A919-832-8118919-832-8118N/AN/A12345HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINAANGEL BARNES 919-245-2628 ABARNES@ORANGECOUNTYNC.GOV00000000ADAM SPACH, PERODEL.DATING@SALASOBRIEN.COMADAM.SPACH@SALASOBRIEN.COM00000000ORANGE COUNTY027278DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLSFUSED DISCONNECTCOMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECTSTOGGLE SWITCHVFDVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEMOTOR STARTERNON-FUSED DISCONNECTNFDISCONNECT, EXISTING OR BY OTHERSPNLPOWER PANEL, EXISTING OR BY OTHERSSMMOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCHSHOWN ON SHEET NUMBERSECTION NUMBERSHEET NUMBERPLAN OR DETAIL NUMBERELEVATION LETTERSHOWN ON SHEET NUMBERDIMENSION LINEWITH SHEET NO.DETAIL NUMBERNUMBERDRAWING REVISIONAOR LETTERCOLUMN NUMBERKEYED NOTENUMBERCONNECT TOEXISTINGREMOVE TO THISPOINTARROWNORTHGENERAL SYMBOLS1A100DUCTWORK SYMBOLSTHSUPPLY, VENTILATION, OUTSIDESLOPE DUCT IN DIRECTION OF ARROWSUPPLY DIFFUSERDUCT MOUNTED STEAM HUMIDIFIERFLEXIBLE DUCTMITERED ELBOW RADIUS ELBOWVOLUME DAMPER WITH MANUALOPERATOR AND LOCKING QUADRANTAIR DISTRIBUTION SYMBOL, LETTER(S)DENOTES TYPE, NUMBER INDICATES CFMRETURN GRILLEEXHAUST GRILLEDUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORFOR LOW PRESSURE TAKEOFFSBELL MOUTH TAP FOR MEDIUM PRESSUREWITH LOCKING QUADRANT OPERATORCONICAL TAP WITH BALANCING DAMPER45° TAP WITH BALANCING DAMPERWITH LOCKING QUADRANT OPERATORSMOKE DAMPER,FIRE DAMPER,COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER,ROUND DUCT DIMENSIONSDAMPER TO MATCH RATINGDUCT MOUNTED MOTORIZED DAMPERDAMPER TO MATCH RATINGDAMPER TO MATCH RATINGAIR DUCT SECTIONCEILING RADIATION DAMPER,DAMPER TO MATCH RATINGTHERMOSTAT OR ROOM SENSORHUMIDISTAT OR ROOM SENSORRRETURN AIR DUCT SECTIONEXHAUST OR RELIEF AIR DUCT SECTIONRECTANGULAR DUCT DIMENSIONS(IN PLAN WIDTH x HEIGHT INCHES)FLAT OVAL DUCT DIMENSIONS24x2424/1224Ø#/1'-0"HDDDFDFDFDSDSDSDFSDFSDFSDEXISTING DUCTDUCT TO BE DEMOLISHEDNEW DUCTDDCDIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS CABINETTEXISTING THERMOSTAT OR ROOM SENSORPIPING SYMBOLSVALVE (REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS)BUTTERFLY VALVEGLOBE VALVECHECK VALVEPLUG VALVEBALL VALVE2-WAY CONTROL VALVE3-WAY CONTROL VALVEPRESSURE REDUCING VALVEY-TYPE STRAINERBASKET STRAINERPIPE TURNING UPPIPE TURNING DOWNPIPE CONNECTION AT BOTTOM OF MAINPIPE UNIONCONCENTRIC REDUCERECCENTRIC REDUCERPIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDEPIPE ANCHORFLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONPRESSURE GAUGETHERMOMETERSTEAM TRAPDIRECTION OF FLOW IN PIPESLOPE PIPE IN DIRECTION OF ARROWPUMPPRESSURE RELIEF VALVEPETES PLUG (P & T PORT)EXISTING PIPINGBALANCING VALVE (REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS)GATE VALVEGAS COCKCALIBRATED BALANCING VALVEPIPE CAPBACKFLOW PREVENTER#" SYSTEM#" SYSTEMPIPE SIZE AND SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION(SEE ABBREVIATIONS FOR SYSTEM TYPES)PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHEDNEW PIPINGHVAC DRAWING LISTNO.TITLEH001 STANDARDS, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONSH101 FIRST FLOOR PLANH201 DETAILSSheet Title:Sheet Number:Revisions:Designed by: Checked by:Date:Project Number:Copyright © 2021 Salas O'BrienSO Project No: ORANGE COUNTYEMERGENCY SERVICES CENTERDEHUMIDIFICATION510 MEADOWLANDS DRIVEHILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA0611-02-00-2001/14/2022STANDARDS,SYMBOLS &ABBREVIATIONSH0010611-02-00-20GTB AFSHVAC GENERAL NOTES1 THE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY PLANS INCLUDED IN THEDOCUMENTS WILL BE ENFORCED AND DOCUMENTED.2 LOW EMITTING ADHESIVE & SEALANT MATERIALS AND PAINTS & COATINGS SHALL BE USED BY ALL TRADES.ALL SUCH MATERIALS SHOULD BE LABELED WITH APPROPRIATE VOC LIMITS. MATERIALS THAT DO NOTCOMPLY WILL BE REMOVED AND REAPPLIED WITH LOW VOC MATERIALS.3 COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING,DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TOINSTALLATION.4 ALL DUCT AND PIPING LAYOUTS AND LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT INDICATE ALLFITTINGS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK. COORDINATE THE DUCT AND PIPING LAYOUT WITH ALLCONTRACTORS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, INCLUDING CONDUITS AND CABLE TRAYS. PROVIDE ALL DUCTAND/OR PIPING OFFSETS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM WHETHER OR NOTTHE OFFSETS ARE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING HIGH ENOUGH TO AVOIDLIGHTS, CONDUIT AND MISCELLANEOUS PIPING, BUT LOW ENOUGH TO ALLOW FOR EASY ACCESS TOSYSTEM BALANCING DEVICES. DO NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO DEVICES.5 LOCATE UNITS SUCH THAT ACCESS PANELS MAY BE FULLY OPENED (VIA TILE CEILING) FOR SERVICINGUNIT. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES OR ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT.6 ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE CLEAR. SEE DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATIONREQUIREMENTS.7 PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND WHERE REQUIRED FOR SYSTEMBALANCING.8 INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION AND CODE REQUIREDCLEARANCES. INSURE ALL ITEMS FURNISHED WILL FIT IN THE SPACE AVAILABLE. MAKE NECESSARY FIELDMEASUREMENTS TO ASCERTAIN SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL SUCH SIZES ANDSHAPES OF EQUIPMENT THAT ARE THE TRUE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION.9 COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE ROOF WITH ALL TRADES.10 FURNISH 24"x24" ACCESS DOORS (UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) AT ALL MAINTENANCE ITEMS THAT ARECONCEALED; SUCH AS EQUIPMENT, VALVES, DAMPERS, SENSORS, ETC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONSWITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.HVAC ABBREVIATIONSHTG HEATINGHVAC HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONINGHWR HEATING WATER RETURNHWS HEATING WATER SUPPLYHX HEAT EXCHANGERID INDIRECT DRAIN; INSIDE DIAMETERIN INCHINV INVERTISP INTERNAL STATIC PRESSUREKW KILOWATTKWH KILOWATT HOURLAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURELB/HR POUNDS PER HOURLP LOW PRESSURELPG LIQUID PETROLEUM GASLPR LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE RETURNLPS LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE SUPPLYLWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATUREMAX MAXIMUMMBH 1000 BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOURMFR MANUFACTURERMH MANHOLEMIN MINIMUMMP MEDIUM PRESSUREMRT MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCHMS MOTOR STARTERMS/D COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER AND DISCONNECTMTD MOUNTEDMUA MAKE UP AIRMVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERN NITROGENN.C. NORMALLY CLOSEDNIC NOT IN CONTRACTNO NITROUS OXIDE; NUMBERN.O. NORMALLY OPENNPSH NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEADNTS NOT TO SCALEO OXYGENOA OUTSIDE AIROBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPEROC ON CENTEROD OUTSIDE DIAMTERP PUMPPC PLUMBING CONTRACTORPCHWP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMPPD PRESSURE DROPPHWP PRIMARY HOT WATER PUMPPI PRESSURE INDEPENDENTPICV PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVEPR PUMPED CONDENSATE RETURNPNL PANELPPH POUNDS PER HOURPRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVEPSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCHPSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ABSOLUTEPSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGEPT POINTPCV POLYVINYL CHLORIDEQTY QUANTITYRA RETURN AIRRD ROUNDRECIRC RECIRCULATINGREINF REINFORCINGREL RELIEF; RELIEF AIRREV REVISIONRF RETURN FANRH RELATIVE HUMIDITYRL REFRIGERANT LIQUIDRM ROOMRPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTERPZ REDUCED PRESSURE ZONERS REFRIGERANT SUCTIONSA SUPPLY AIRSCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTESCHWP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMPSD SMOKE DAMPERSECT SECTIONSF SUPPLY FAN; SQUARE FEETSHWP SECONDARY HOT WATER PUMPSP STATIC PRESSURESPEC SPECIFICATIONSPL STATIC PRESSURE LOSSSS STAINLESS STEELSTM STEAMTA TRANSFER AIRTAB TEST AND BALANCETOD TOP OF DUCTTOP TOP OF PIPETOS TOP OF STEELTSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURETSTAT THERMOSTATTU TERMINAL UNITTYP TYPICALUH UNIT HEATERUL UNDERWRITERS LABORITORIES INC.V VENTVA VENTILATION AIRVAC VACCUUM (SUCTION)VERT VERTICALVFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEW/ WITHWB WET BULBWG WATER GAUGEW/O WITHOUTXT EXPANSION TANKHVAC ABBREVIATIONSØ ROUND; DIAMETER; PHASE# POUNDS; NUMBERA COMPRESSED AIRACFM ACTUAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTEACH AIR CHANGES PER HOURAD ACCESS DOORAFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGAFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADEAHU AIR HANDLING UNITALT ALTERNATEARCH ARCHITECTURAL; ARCHITECTAS AIR SEPERATORAUTO AUTOMATICAV ACID VENTAW ACID WASTEBAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMBBD BOILER BLOWDOWNBFF BELOW FINISHED FLOORBFW BOILER FEED WATERBHP BRAKE HORSEPOWERBOD BOTTOM OF DUCTBOP BOTTOM OF PIPEBOT BOTTOMBP BACKFLOW PREVENTERBTU BRITISH THERMAL UNITBTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOURC CELSIUS; COMMON PORTCD CONDENSATE DRAINCDWP CONDENSER WATER PUMPCDWR CONDENSER WATER RETURNCDWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLYCF CHEMICAL FEEDCFH CUBIC FEET PER HOURCFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTECHWP CHILLED WATER PUMPCHWR CHILLED WATER RETURNCHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLYCI CAST IRONCLG CEILINGCO CLEAN OUT; CARBON MONOXIDECO2 CARBON DIOXIDECONC CONCRETECOP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCECPVC CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDECT COOLING TOWERCTR CENTERCU COPPER; CONDENSING UNITCUFT CUBIC FOOT; CUBIC FEETCUH CABINET UNIT HEATERCUYD CUBIC YARDCW COLD WATERDB DRY BULBDD DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORDDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLSDI DUCTILE IRONDIA DIAMETERDN DOWNDP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSUREDTWR DUAL TEMPERATURE WATER RETURNDTWS DUAL TEMPERATURE WATER SUPPLYDWG DRAWINGDX DIRECT EXPANSIONEA EACHEAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATUREEFF EFFICIENCYEL ELEVATIONELEC ELECTRICALEQUIP EQUIPMENTESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSUREESS EMERGENCY STOP SWITCHEWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATUREEXH EXHAUST; EXHAUST AIR; EXHAUST FANEXIST EXISTINGEXP EXPANSIONF FAHRENHEITFCU FAN COIL UNITFD FIRE DAMPERFFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATIONFL FLOORFLEX FLEXIBLEFOB FLAT ON BOTTOMFOT FLAT ON TOPFOR FUEL OIL RETURNFOS FUEL OIL SUPPLYFOV FUEL OIL VENTFPM FEET PER MINUTEFPS FEET PER SECONDFSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERFT FEET; FOOTG NATURAL GASGA GAUGEGAL GALLONGC GENERAL CONTRACTORGEX GREASE EXHAUST AIRGPH GALLON PER HOURGPM GALLON PER MINUTEHD HUB DRAIN; HEAT DETECTORHEX HAZARDOUS EXHAUSTHOA HANDS-OFF-AUTOMATICHORIZ HORIZONTALHP HIGH PRESSUREHPR HIGH PRESSURE CONDENSATE RETURNHPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAMHSTAT HUMIDISTATHT HEIGHTFAN SCHEDULEEQUIP ID DESIGNATION SERVICE TYPE FAN DRIVE TYPE WHEEL/PROP DIAMAX FAN SPEED(RPM) MOTOR SIZE (HP) MOTOR RPM VOLTAGE/PHASEEXT START /DISCONNECTMEANS CONTROLMAX WEIGHT(LBS)00015530 F-1 WAREHOUSE HIGH VOLUME / LOW SPEED DIRECT 18' / 8-BLADE 88 2 VARIABLE SPEED 208/1 MS/D MANUFACTURER CONTROLLER 28500015531 F-2 WAREHOUSE HIGH VOLUME / LOW SPEED DIRECT 18' / 8-BLADE 88 2 VARIABLE SPEED 208/1 MS/D MANUFACTURER CONTROLLER 285DEHUMIDIFIER SCHEDULEEQUIP ID DESIGNATION SERVICE TYPECAPACITY(PINTS/DAY) AIRFLOW (CFM)ELECTRICCAPACITY (kW)VOLTAGE/PHASE00015532 DH-1 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015533 DH-2 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015534 DH-3 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015535 DH-4 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015536 DH-5 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015537 DH-6 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015538 DH-7 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015539 DH-8 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/100015540 DH-9 WAREHOUSE REFRIGERANT 320 830 2.3 208/1NOTES:1 PROVIDE STARTER/DISCONNECTING MEANS AS SCHEDULED. (C/P, MRT/ MS/D, VFD)2 INSTALL BOTTOM OF FAN MINIMUM OF 10' AFF.3 FANS TO BE INSTALLED AT LEAST 2' AWAY, IN ALL DIRECTIONS, FROM POSSIBLE OBSTRUCTIONS.4 FANS TO BE INSTALLED AT MINIMUM TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE LARGEST FAN AWAY FROM NEIGHBORING FANS.DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 WAREHOUSE132EQUIPMENT ROOM131ELEC121DH-1DH-2DH-3DH-4HHD D 1111112233SS3S45DH-5DH-6DH-7DH-8DH-9TT764OOOOF-1F-23/4" CD83/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD3/4" CD89999999997777Sheet Title:Sheet Number:Revisions:Designed by: Checked by:Date:Project Number:Copyright © 2021 Salas O'BrienSO Project No: ORANGE COUNTYEMERGENCY SERVICES CENTERDEHUMIDIFICATION510 MEADOWLANDS DRIVEHILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA0611-02-00-2001/14/2022FIRST FLOORPLANH1010611-02-00-20GTB AFSSCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"H1011MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN4' 0 4' 8'12' 16' 20'KEY NOTES TO H1011 EXISTING UNIT HEATER. SET EXISTING LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT TO 60F.2 EXISTING WALL LOUVER. PROVIDE NEW ISOLATION DAMPER. DAMPER TOACTUATE BASED ON SPACE TEMPERATURE AND OCCUPANCY. CONTROLTHROUGH ELECTRIC INTERLOCK. OPEN DAMPER WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIEDOR WHEN TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 80F.3 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN. FAN SHALL START WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE ISABOVE 85F OR WHEN IS OCCUPIED. CONTROL THROUGH ELECTRICINTERLOCK.4 MONITOR SPACE HUMIDITY THROUGH EXISTING DDC SYSTEM. ALARM WHENHUMIDITY IS ABOVE 65%. MONITOR SPACE TEMPERATURE THROUGHEXISTING DDC SYSTEM. ALARM WHEN TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 50F ANDABOVE 90F.5 EXISTING DDC PANEL FOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM.6 PROVIDE HVLS CONTROL PANEL.7 PROVIDE WAREHOUSE VENTILATION. WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIED, OPEN OADAMPER AND START EXISTING FANS. IF SPACE IS PROVEN UNOCCUPIED FOR10 MINUTES, STOP FANS AND CLOSE DAMPERS.8 DISCHARGE CONDENSATE ON TO STONE OR SPLASH BLOCK. TURN DOWNINSIDE BUILDING AND PENETRATE 12" AFG.9 INSTALL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT AT 20' AFF TO BOTTOM OF UNIT.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF UNIT WITH EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES.DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 WALL SENSORS (T'STAT, H'STAT, ETC).WHERE FEASIBLE, COMBINE MULTIPLE DEVICES IN COMMON ENCLOSURES.LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH(ES) PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 26FLOORDOOR JAMB(HINGE SIDE)CLCLSW DETAIL: CL11NOTE: IF SENSORS HAVE SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT, MOUNT AT 48" AFF TO MEET FRONT WHEELCHAIR ADA ACCESS REQUIREMENTS.12" JSTARTERMOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC)SWITCHBOARD OR PANELBOARDVFDKEYED NOTES:SW DETAIL: MR011141010510107623831110291012345678910EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS.CONDUIT & WIRING BY DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR.PROVIDE DISCONNECT AND FUSING.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DISCONNECT IF REQUIRED BY NEC.A COMBINATION STARTER MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF A SEPARATE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND STARTER.POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT BY DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR.JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED BY THE DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR FOR EQUIPMENT IF NO STARTER IS REQUIRED. PROVIDE MOTOR-RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. THE DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LINE SIDE WIRING TO THE DISCONNECT. PROVIDE LOAD SIDE WIRING.PROVIDE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) WHERE NECESSARY.FOR PROJECTS UTILIZING A MOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC), THE STARTER, CIRCUIT BREAKER OR VFD IN THE MCC SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR.PROVIDE RACEWAY & WIRING IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR RACEWAYS AND WIRING METHODS IN DIVISION 26 SPECIFICATIONS.NOTE: COORDINATE FAN LOCATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CLEARANCES TO ADJACENT EQUIPMENT, ETC.WINGLET BLADEEND CAP (TYPICAL)SUPPORT MECHANISM BY FAN MFG. PROVIDE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT DRAWINGS SEALED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER.MOTORSECONDARY SAFETY SUPPORT CABLE (TYPICAL)FAN HUBSAFETY STRAP INTERIOR TO BLADE ANCHORED BETWEEN WINGLET & HUB.AIR FOIL BLADE. SEE SCHEDULE FOR BLADE QUANTITY & FAN DIAMETERTABLE A - WORKING CLEARANCESSTRUCTURAL CEILINGSUSPENDED CEILINGLIGHT FIXTUREWALLELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTPLANE OF FRONT EDGE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTDEDICATED WORKING SPACEVOLTAGE TO GROUND NOMINAL CONDITIONSEE TABLE 'A'THIS DISTANCE30" MIN.OR WIDTH OF EQUIPMENTMINIMUM CLEAR DISTANCE (FEET)0-150151-6001 233 3333 1/246'-6" MIN.WHERE THE CONDITIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS:1. EXPOSED LIVE PARTS ON ONE SIDE AND NO LIVE OR UNGROUNDED PARTS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE WORKING SPACE, OR EXPOSED LIVE PARTS ON BOTH SIDES EFFECTIVELY GUARDED BY SUITABLE WOOD OR OTHER INSULATING MATERIALS. INSULATED WIRE OR INSULATED BUSBARS OPERATING AT NOT OVER 300V SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED LIVE PARTS.2. EXPOSED LIVE PARTS ON ONE SIDE AND GROUNDED PARTS ON THE OTHER SIDE.3. EXPOSED LIVE PARTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WORK SPACE (NOT GUARDED AS PROVIDED IN CONDITION 1), WITH THE OPERATOR BETWEEN.FIGURE 1FIGURE 2NOTES:1. THESE FIGURES ILLUSTRATE THE WORKING CLEARANCE AND DEDICATED SPACE AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY NEC SECTION 110-26.2. DEDICATED SPACE RUNS TO A HEIGHT OF 6'-0" ABOVE EQUIPMENT. DEDICATED SPACE CONTINUES THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILING OR UP TO STRUCTURAL CEILING. ANY FOREIGN SYSTEMS TO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT RUN WITHIN THIS SPACE. (FIGURE 2)STRUCTURAL CEILINGSUSPENDED CEILINGLIGHT FIXTUREWALLELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTDEDICATED SPACESW DETAIL: MR03TRAPNOSUPPORT CHANNEL (TYP)DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT3/4" CONDENSATE DRAINHANGER ROD w/VIBRATION ISOLATOR TO STRUCTURE (TYP) (DO NOT BLOCK ACCESS DOORS)HANGER ROD TO STRUCTURE (TYP) Sheet Title:Sheet Number:Revisions:Designed by: Checked by:Date:Project Number:Copyright © 2021 Salas O'BrienSO Project No: ORANGE COUNTYEMERGENCY SERVICES CENTERDEHUMIDIFICATION510 MEADOWLANDS DRIVEHILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA0611-02-00-2001/14/2022DETAILSH2010611-02-00-20GTB AFSSCALE:NTSH2013SPACE THERMOSTAT/SENSOR INSTALLATIONSCALE:NTSH2014ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENTSCALE:NTSH2015HIGH VOLUME LOW SPEED FAN DETAILSCALE:NTSH2016CLEARANCES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTSCALE:NTSH2011HORIZONTAL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNITDocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Bid Page #1 COUNTY OF ORANGE FINANCIAL SERVICES – PURCHASING PO BOX 8181 HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27278 ORANGE COUNTY BID NO. 367-OC5344 RFP DATE: 2/8/2022 ATTENTION: INTERESTED VENDORS Orange County requests your competitive quotation to furnish the item(s) listed below for Orange County Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification located at 510 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 A non-mandatory site visit is scheduled for February 22, 2022 at 2pm at the site. We will meet at 510 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 at the main lobby exterior of the building. This is the only scheduled time for contractors to view the site. By submission of a bid the contractor acknowledges he/she fully understands the extent of the project. Please transmit this quotation via email (pdf format), to the Orange County Purchasing Agent- jamaro@orangecountync.gov by March 8, 2022 no later than 5:00pm ITEM # COMMODITIES/GOODS OR SERVICES 1 Provide a labor and materials to provide and install dehumidification at the Emergency Services warehouse per drawings G001, G002, H001, H101, H201, E001, E101, E201 dated 12/23/2021 SUBMIT PRICING ON ATTACHMENT “A” – Bid Proposal Form Add Alternate 1: Mechanical and Electrical Installation of the HVLS fans to be bid as an alternate. Add Alternate 2: Controls directly through Siemens Building Technologies PLEASE STATE FIRM DELIVERY TIME TO START AFTER RECEIPT OF PURCHASE ORDER: _____________ DAYS PLEASE STATE NUMBER OF DAYS TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT AFTER COMMENCEMENT: _____________ DAYS Will any people working on this job make less than $15.40 per hour YES _______ NO ______ If yes, the lowest hourly wage to be paid any employee shall be: $ ____ / HOUR **SEE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS** License _____________ (if applicable) FIRM NAME ________________________________________ BY ______________________________________________ (Proposal must be signed in writing) ADDRESS __________________________ FAX: _____________________________________________ __________________________ TELEPHONE: ______________________________________ EMAIL: ___________________________________________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Bid Page #2 COUNTY OF ORANGE FINANCIAL SERVICES – PURCHASING PO BOX 8181 405 Meadowlands Drive HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27278 Instructions to Bidders 1. All bids and proposals shall be for furnishing apparatus, supplies, materials, equipment and/or work and services in accordance with the applicable plans and specifications prescribed by Orange County. Plans and/or specifications may be obtained at the Orange County Finance Department Purchasing Division, 405 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, North Carolina, 27278. 2. Orange County reserves the right to: o award lowest responsible bidder that is responsive, o to reject any or all bids, o And to waive minor irregularities. 3. The successful bidder shall comply fully with the requirements of General Statutes, Section 143 -129 and 143-131, as amended. This is an informal range; therefore there will not be a formal opening. Results will be made available after award. 4. In the event of default by any contractor or vendor Orange County may procure from other sources whatever service or item is being bid, and holds the contractor responsible for any excess cost occasioned thereby. 5. Payment by check or Electronic Funds Transfer is due thirty days after completion and inspection unless otherwise specifically provided; subject to any discounts allowed. 6. North Carolina sales and use tax shall be included in the bid amount. 7. Bids submitted via email shall be accepted and are the preferred receipt method. Email to jamaro@orangecountync.gov. 8. Proposals received after opening date and time shall not be considered. 9. Bids must be signed and submitted on the attached form of proposal 10. The successful contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and inspections. 11. The successful contractor shall be required to agree to and sign the Orange County Construction Agreement (copy attached). Among the items included in that agreement are the County’s Insurance requirements and sales tax. 12. All contractors are hereby notified that they must have proper license under the State laws governing their respective trades. Please display license number on your submittal. 13. Please direct questions concerning this bid document to Jovana Amaro, Purchasing Agent, Orange County Financial Services, (919) 245-2651 or via email at jamaro@orangecountync.gov . Please direct any questions about the scope, site visit, details of the work, or the proposal to: Angel Barnes, Orange County Capital Projects Manager, Orange County AMS 919-245-2628 abarnes@orangecountync.gov 14. A non-mandatory site visit is scheduled for February 22, 2022 at 2pm at the site. We will meet at 510 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 at the main lobby exterior of the building. This is the only scheduled time for contractors to view the site. By submission of a bid the contractor acknowledges he/she fully understands the extent of the project. 15. HB786 imposes E-Verify requirements on contractors who enter into certain contracts with state agencies and local governments. The legislation specifically prohibits governmental units from entering into certain contracts “unless the contractor and the contractor’s subcontractors comply with the requirements of Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the General Statutes.” (Article 2 of Chapter 64 establishes North Carolina’s E-Verify requirements for private employers). It is important to note that the verification requirement applies to subcontractors as well as contractors. The new laws specifically prohibit governmental units from entering into contr acts with contractors who have not (or their subs have not) complied with E-Verify requirements. Complete the attached affidavit, and include it with your submittal. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Bid Page #3 Attachment A RFP# 367-OC5344 Bid Proposal Form: Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification Contractor agrees to furnish all materials, labor, equipment and any other supplies necessary to complete the above work, for the sum of: $_________________ Add Alternate 1: $____________________ Add Alternate 2: $____________________ • All work must be completed within 90 days of the project start date March 28, 2022. Notice to proceed will not be issued until material lead times are established and the start date is agreed to by all parties. • Contractor is willing to participate in the County’s “Docusign” digital contracting process and enter into a standard contract with the County. ___________________________________________________ _________________ (Signature of Contractor) (Date) Acknowledge Addenda below: No. 1 _________ No. 2__________ No3.____________ Orange County Forms: 1. Form of Proposal 2. E-Verify Affidavit and Living Wage 3. Construction Contract Template 4. Nondiscrimination Certification 5. Dispute Resolution 6. Minimum Insurance Requirements 7. County Sales Use Tax Forms 8. Drawings 9. Orange County Hot Work Permit Process The highlighted forms are to be returned as a part of your bid package. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY TOC-i Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Table of Contents DIVISION 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS Title • Form of Proposal • Affidavit • Living Wage Contract Policy • Construction Contract • Orange County Nondiscrimination Certification • Dispute Resolution Rules and Procedures • Minimum Insurance Requirements • County Sales and Use Tax Report • Hot Work Permit Program DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Title 011100 Summary of the Work 012300 Alternates 013100 Project Management and Coordination 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 017700 Project Closeout 019913 General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work 019916 Divisions 23 and 26 Work in Existing Buildings 019926 Owner Instruction and Training for Divisions 23 and 26 Work DIVISION 23 - HVAC TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Title 230210 HVAC Summary of Work 230510 HVAC Basic Requirements 230511 Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work 230513 Electrical Motors for HVAC Equipment 230517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 230523 HVAC General-Duty Valves for Hydronic Piping 230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 230913 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 230923 Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control Systems for HVAC 233300 Air Duct Accessories 233423 HVAC Power Ventilators DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL Section Title 260000 Summary of Electrical Work 260500 Basic Electrical Requirements 260519 Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables 260526 Grounding 260529 Supporting Devices 260533 Electrical Identification 260534 Raceways 260535 Electrical Boxes and Fittings 260593 Electrical Connections for Equipment 260800 Testing and Placing in Service 262726 Wiring Devices 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA AFFIDAVIT ORANGE COUNTY ************************** I, ____________________________(the individual attesting below), being duly authorized by and on behalf of ________________________________ (the entity bidding on project hereinafter "Employer") after first being duly sworn hereby swears or affirms as follows: 1. Employer understands that E-Verify is the federal E-Verify program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, or any successor or equivalent program used to verify the work authorization of newly hired employees pursuant to federal law in accordance with NCGS §64-25(5). 2. Employer understands that Employers Must Use E-Verify. Each employer, after hiring an employee to work in the United States, shall verify the work authorization of the employee through E-Verify in accordance with NCGS§64-26(a). 3. Employer is a person, business entity, or other organization that transacts business in this State and that employs 25 or more employees in this State. (mark Yes or No) a. YES _____, or b. NO _____ 4. Employer's subcontractors comply with E-Verify, and if Employer is the winning bidder on this project Employer will ensure compliance with E-Verify by any subcontractors subsequently hired by Employer. This ____ day of _______________, 201_. Signature of Affiant Print or Type Name: _________________________ State of North Carolina, _________ County Signed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me, this the _____ day of ________________, 20__. My Commission Expires: Notary Public (Affix Official/Notarial Seal) DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Section I: General Government and Administration Policy 10.0: Living Wage Contractor Policy Reviewed by: County Attorney/County Manager Approved by: County Manager Original Effective Date: April 21, 2016 Revisions: August 1, 2016 Policy Statement It is the policy of Orange County to ensure its employees, and all individuals who provide services for Orange County, are paid a living wage. Purpose To encourage all vendors and contractors to pay a living wage to all employees who perform work pursuant to a contract with Orange County. Applicability Applies to all Orange County contracts and purchases. Policy 10.1 Living Wage 10.1.1 Orange County is committed to providing its employees with a living wage and encourages all contractors and vendors doing business with Orange County to pursue the same goal. Orange County’s living wage is as reflected in the adopted Orange County Budget and as that budget document is amended from time to time. To the extent possible, Orange County recommends that contractors and vendors seeking to do business with Orange County provide a living wage to their employees. 10.1.2 Prior to final execution of a contract with Orange County all contractors and vendors seeking to do business with Orange County shall submit to the County’s representative a statement indicating whether those employees who will perform work on the Orange County contract are paid at least the living wage amount set out above. If such employees do not make at least the living wage amount set out above the contractor or vendor shall indicate in the statement the actual amount paid to such employees. For bid projects this statement should be submitted as part of the bid packet. This policy may be reviewed annually and updated as needed by the Manager’s Office Acknowledge Receipt by: __________________________________ Company Name: _________________________________________ Date: ___________________________________________________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE FY NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT UNDER $250,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the day of , 20 , by and between , (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, Proposal, Construction Drawings, and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement. b. Designer Approved Bulletins and Field Orders. c. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. d. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform all of the work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by (Sheet dated ) b. Written specifications prepared by the project engineer. c. proposal dated , 20 which fully describes the work to be performed. Such work will hereafter be called the “Work”. d. Related documents listed under Section 1 above. 3. TERM AND SCHEDULING DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 2 a. The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice to Proceed. b. The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work by , 20 . c. Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d. The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner, and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. e. It is expressly understood that the Owner will employ other contractors to perform work as a part of the Project whose work will be performed simultaneously and sequentially with the performance of the Work by the Contractor. It shall be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate its activities with such other contractors, particularly with respect to access to work areas, storage of materials and other common facilities. f. Should the Owner determine that the Contractor is behind schedule Owner may require, at no additional cost to the Owner, the Contractor to expedite and accelerate its efforts, including providing additional resources and working overtime, as necessary, to perform the Work in accordance with the approved project schedule. 4. STANDARD OF CARE a. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the highest generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy and timely completion and submission of all work. b. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all errors or omissions caused by its employees, agents, contractors, or assigns in the performance of the Agreement. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e. If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it or its employees, agents and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 3 credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in a state of suspension or revocation. f. The Contractor is responsible for all physical damage to owned or rented machinery, tools, equipment, forms, and other items owned, rented or used by the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) in the performance of the Work including all of Owner’s property in Contractor’s care, custody, or control, and all such property while it is in transit. g. The Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining all permits necessary to complete the Work in compliance with all local, state, and federal laws. 5. PAYMENT & TAXES a. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed Dollars ($ ). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the architect if an architect is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. i. The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. ii. The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%). 1. Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. iii. Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after one hundred percent (100%) of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate affidavit as required in Section 7(c) below has been received by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. i. Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. ii. This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 4 responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. 6. INSURANCE AND BONDS a. Minimum requirements – Contractor shall obtain, at its sole expense, Commercial General Liability Insurance, Automobile Insurance, Workers’ Compensation Insurance, and any additional insurance as may be required by Owner’s Risk Manager as such insurance requirements are described in the Orange County Risk Transfer Policy and Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements (each document is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). If Owner’s Risk Manager determines additional insurance coverage is required such additional insurance shall be designated here (if no additional insurance required mark N/A as being not applicable). Contractor shall not commence construction work until such insurance is in effect and certification thereof has been received by the Owner's Risk Manager. b. Performance Bonds – Contractor shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents or related in any way to the Work. Contractor shall immediately furnish a copy of such bonds to any requesting person who appears to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents. This subsection 6(b) applies only to Contracts of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) or more where the total cost for the project is three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000.00) or more. 7. INDEMNITY a. To the extent authorized by North Carolina law the Contractor shall indemnify, without limitation, and hold harmless to the maximum extent permitted by law the Owner and its agents and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, loss es and expenses, including attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance or nonperformance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damages, loss or expense (A) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or injury to, or destruction of, property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and (B) is caused in whole or in part by any breach of any provision of the Agreement or by any negligent or wrongful act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or supplier of the Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation of the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. It is the intent of this section that the Contractor shall indemnify the County to the maximum extent allowed by law. b. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner from any lien of whatever type through the purchase of appropriate bonds and insurance as designated in Section 6 above. In the event any such lien is filed against Owner’s property Contractor shall, through such bonds and insurance or at Contractors expense, defend Owner against all such claims of lien. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 5 c. Upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall execute an affidavit stating there are no unpaid debts for any work that has been done or materials that have been furnished to the project prior to and as of the date of substantial completion and further stating that Contractor shall indemnify, save and protect Owner and Owner’s lender, if any, harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, causes of action, and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto) arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any such debts and liens. Such indemnification shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Owner. d. By executing this Agreement Contractor agrees to abide by and be bound by the indemnification provisions herein and of Section 7(c) specifically. 8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW a. Any dispute with respect to any provision of, or the performance or non-performance of, this Agreement shall be subject to the Dispute Resolution Rules and Procedures for Orange County Design, Building Construction, Renovation, and Repair Projects. The policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). b. The laws of the State of North Carolina shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Any and all suits or actions to enforce, interpret or seek damages with respect to any provision of, or the performance or nonperformance of, this Agreement or the Contract shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Orange County, North Carolina and it is agreed by the parties that no other court shall have jurisdiction or venue with respect to such suits or actions. c. Notice of any claim by Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other Party within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim or within thirty (30) days of the discovery of the event or condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is later. i. Should any claim be made, regardless of whether such claim is made by Owner or Contractor, Contractor shall continue to faithfully and diligently perform the Work in such a manner as to meet all scheduled timelines. Any failure to faithfully and diligently perform the Work may be deemed, by the Owner, a breach of the Contract. ii. If a claim is made such claim shall be made to the initial decision maker, if applicable, who may request more supporting data, reject the claim in whole or in part, approve the claim in whole or in part or advise the parties the claim is unable to be resolved. iii. If a claim is made by the Owner the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety. 9. NON–APPROPRIATION a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. b. In the event that public funds are unavailable and not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 6 without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the unavailability and non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement, but only as an emergency fiscal measure during a substantial fiscal crisis. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 10. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Attn: P.O. Box 8181 Hillsborough, NC 27278 11. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. d. Should the Architect, if an architect is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the W ork. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional expense borne by the Architect under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 7 e. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. f. By executing this Agreement Contractor affirms that Contractor and any subcontractors of Contractor are and shall remain in compliance with Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the North Carolina General Statutes. g. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.58. h. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.81. i. The County has designated ( ) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Work and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. j. Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to all state and federal non- discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non- Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach to discrimination. k. This Agreement together with any amendments or modifications may be executed electronically. All electronic signatures affixed hereto evidence the consent of the Parties to utilize electronic signatures and intent of the Parties to comply with Article 11A and Article 40 of North Carolina General Statute Chapter 66. l. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. m. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. 12. CONSEQUENTIAL AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 8 i. Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. ii. Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. b. Liquidated damages shall be in accord with the Contract Documents. If the Contract Documents do not otherwise address liquidated damages, such damages shall be in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. 13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION a. The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor to terminate, suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is not due to or as a result of any fault on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, the Contractor may recover a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day with a not-to-exceed limit of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00). ii. In the event of termination by the Owner under this Agre ement, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive its reasonable and documented direct costs prior to termination, including the cost of materials purchased for the Work which purchases cannot be canceled or which material cannot reasonably be used by the Contractor on other work, and the cost of closing down the work in a safe and efficient manner. iii. If Owner elects to suspend or terminate the contract pursuant to subparagraphs 13.a.i. or 13 a.ii. the sole remedy available to the Contractor are those listed in the subparagraphs and Contractor is not entitled to any right to further claims for any amount owed or disputed or for payment of damages alleged to have been sustained as a result of Owner’s order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work. b. The Owner may, with cause, order the Contractor to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the cause remains. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is due to or as a result of any fault on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, the Owner may reduce payment at a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. c. Contractor may terminate the Contract if, at the Owner’s written direction, the Work is stopped for twenty one (21) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, their agents or employees, or a subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other person performing work pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor may terminate the Contract if a Court or other Public authority having jurisdiction enters a lawful order that requires all work to be stopped and such stoppage lasts for twenty one (21) consecutive days. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 9 d. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party that obligations pursuant to this Agreement are made impossible due to declarations of emergency by Orange County or by North Carolina due to events directly impacting Orange County. Both parties shall remain responsible for all payment and performance due up to the receipt of such notice, but shall have no further obligation or responsibility beyond that date provided the terminating party has taken all reasonable steps to complete the performance of its obligations. 14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice-to- Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written wholly or in a number of counterparts each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY CONTRACTOR ____________________________________ ________________________________________ Signature Signature County Manager ________________________________________ Printed Name and Title DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 10 ORANGE COUNTY—DEPARTMENT USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Party/Vendor Name: Party/Vendor Contact Person: Contact Phone: Party/Vendor Address: City State: Zip: Department: Amount: Purpose: Budget Code(s): Vendor # (N/A if new vendor) Vendor is a BOCC consultant? Yes No Contract Type: (Check one) New Renewal Amendment Effective Date Approved by Board Yes No Agenda Date: This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the agreement: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Agreements for emergency services or repair are not subject to the above affirmation. If services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed please briefly describe the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board Received for record retention: All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY NONDISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION The undersigned bidder or proposer hereby certifies and agrees that the following information is correct: 1. In preparing its enclosed bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer has considered all bids and proposals submitted from qualified, potential subcontractors and suppliers, and has not engaged in discrimination as defined in Section 12 -52 of the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. 2. Without limiting any other remedies that Orange Co unty may have for a false certification, it is understood and agreed that, if this certification is false, such false certification will constitute grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal submitted with this certification, and terminate any contract awarded based on such bid or proposal. It shall also subject the bidder or proposer to disqualification from participating in county contracts or bid processes for up to two years. 3. As a condition of contracting with Orange County, the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to promptly provide to Orange County all information and documentation that may be requested by Orange County from time to time regarding the solicitation and selection of suppliers and subcontractors in connection with this solicitation process. Failure to maintain or failure to provide such information constitutes grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal and to terminate, without penalty to Orange County, any contract awarded on such bid or proposal. All such information and documentation shall be maintained for a period of three years after the expiration of the contract. 4. As part of its bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer shall provide to Orange County a list of all instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against bidder or proposer in a legal or administrative proceeding alleging that bidder or proposer discriminated against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a description of the status or resolution of that complaint, including any remedial action taken. 5. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. Falsification of this certification shall constitute a violation of the Orange DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 County Non-Discrimination Ordinance and shall be grounds for rejection of the bid or proposal or termination of an existing contract, without fault or further obligation to Orange County. 6. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees that Orange County may consider the information submitted as part of this certification in its determination of the responsibility of the undersigned bidder or proposer. The undersigned bidder or proposer, as the case may be, waives the right to challenge the rejection of a bid or proposal when such rejection is based, in its entirety, on information submitted as part of this certification. The bidder or proposer certifies the undersigned has full authority to sign on its behalf. By:________________________________________ ___________________________________________ Printed Name and Title On behalf of _________________________________ ___________________________________________ Company or Corporate name Date: ______________________________________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 ORANGE COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR ORANGE COUNTY DESIGN, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, AND REPAIR PROJECTS RULE 1. INITIATING MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCES A. Purpose of Mandatory Settlement Conferences. Pursuant to G.S. §143-128(f1) and 143- 135.26(11), these Rules are promulgated to implement a mediated settlement program designed to focus the parties’ attention on settlement rather than on claim preparation and to provide an opportunity for orderly settlement negotiations to take place. Nothing herein is intended to limit or prevent the parties from engaging in settlement procedures voluntarily at any time prior to or during commencement of the dispute resolution process. B. Initiating the Dispute Resolution Process 1. Any party to a County public construction contract (referred to herein generally as the “Contract”) governed by Article 8. Ch. 143 of the General Statutes and identified in G.S. § 143- 128(f1) and who is a party to a dispute arising out of the Contract and the construction process in which the amount in controversy is at least $15,000 may submit a written request to the County for mediation of the dispute. 2. Prior to submission of a written request for mediation to the County, the party requesting mediation should give notice of any and all claims in accordance with their respective contracts, obtain decisions on the claims as required or allowed by their respective contracts, and attempt to resolve the dispute according to the terms and conditions in their respective contracts. The Mediator may adjourn any mediated settlement conference if the Mediator believes, in his or her sole discretion, that the parties have not satisfied all of the terms and conditions of their respective contracts and that doing so will enhance the prospects for a negotiated settlement. C. Condition Precedent to Litigation. Before any party to a Contract may commence a civil action against the County seeking remedies for breach or non-performance of the Contract by the County, said party must first initiate the dispute resolution process under these rules and attend and participate in good faith in the mediated settlement conference. RULE 2. SELECTION OF MEDIATOR A. Mediator Listing. A List of Mediators acceptable to the County is maintained by the County Attorney and that list is incorporated by reference into these Rules. B. Selection of Mediator. The party requesting mediation shall select a Mediator from the List of Mediators and shall file, with the County, a Notice of Selection of Mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation. Such notice shall state the name, address, and phone number of the Mediator selected. If DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 the Mediator selected is not available or declines to participate for any reason, the requesting party shall select another person from the List of Mediators. If the party requesting mediation does not select and designate a mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation, the County shall have the right in its absolute discretion to appoint a mediator from its List of Mediators. C. Disqualification of Mediator. Any party may request replacement of the Mediator for good cause. Nothing in this provision shall preclude Mediators from disqualifying themselves. RULE 3. THE MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCE A. Where Conference is to be Held. Unless all parties and the Mediator otherwise agree, the mediated settlement conference shall be held in county seat of Orange County. The Mediator shall be responsible for reserving a place, making arrangements for the conference, and giving timely notice of the time and location of the conference to all attorneys, unrepresented parties and other persons or entities required to attend. B. When Conference is to be Held. The mediation shall be completed within 90 days after selection of the Mediator unless all parties to the mediation agree to a different schedule. C. Request to Accelerate or Extend Deadline for Completion. Any party or the Mediator may request the County to accelerate or extend the deadline for completion of the conference. Such request shall state the reasons the acceleration or extension is sought and shall be served by the moving party upon the other parties and the Mediator. Objections to the request must be promptly communicated to the County and to the Mediator. The County, with the concurrence of the designated Mediator, may grant the request by adjusting the time for completion of the conference. D. Recesses. The Mediator may recess the mediation conference at any time and may set times for reconvening. If the Mediator determines the time and place where the conference is to reconvene before the conference is recessed, no further notice is required to persons present at the conference. E. Project Delay. The mediated settlement conference that results from a construction contract dispute shall not be cause for the delay of the construction project. RULE 4. DUTIES OF PARTIES AND OTHER PARTICIPANTS IN FORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS A. Attendance. 1. All parties to the dispute must designate an official representative to attend the mediation. 2. “Attendance” means physical attendance, not by telephone or other electronic means. Any attendee representing a party must have authority from that party to bind it to any agreement reached as a result of the mediation. 3. Attorneys representing parties may attend the mediation, but are not required to do so. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 4. Sureties and insurance company representatives are required to physically attend the mediation unless the Mediator and all of the other parties to the mediation excuse their attendance or consent to their attendance by telephone or other electronic means. 5. The parties who attend a duly scheduled mediation conference shall have the right to recover their share of the Mediator’s compensation from any party or parties who fail to attend the conference without good cause. B. Finalizing Agreement. If an agreement is reached in the conference, the terms of the agreement shall be confirmed in writing and signed by all parties. C. Payment of Mediation Fee: Mediation Fees charged by the Mediator shall be paid in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1). D. Failure to Compensate Mediator. Any party’s failure to compensate the Mediators in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1) shall subject that party to a withholding by the County of said amount of money from the party’s payment or any other moneys owed by that party to the County. Should the County fail to compensate the Mediator, it shall hereby be subject to a civil cause of action from the Mediator for the County’s portion of the Mediator’s total fee as required by G.S. § 143-128(f1). RULE 5. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF MEDIATORS A. Authority of Mediator. 1.Control of Conference. The Mediator shall at all times be in control of the conference and the procedures to be followed. 2.Private Consultation. The Mediator may communicate privately with any participant or counsel prior to and during the conference. The fact that private communications have occurred with a participant shall be disclosed to all other participants at the beginning of the conference. 3.Scheduling the Conference. The Mediator shall make a good faith effort to schedule the conference at a time that is convenient with the participants, attorneys and Mediator. In the absence of agreement, the Mediator shall select the date for the conference. 4.Determining good cause for a party’s failure to appear at a scheduled mediation conference. B.Duties of Mediator. 1.The Mediator shall define and describe the following at the beginning of the conference: a.The process of mediation. b.The difference between mediation and other forms of conflict resolution. c.The costs of the mediated settlement conference. d.That the mediated settlement conference is not a trial, the Mediator is not a judge, and the parties retain their legal rights if they do not reach settlement; however, the DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 Mediator will advise all parties that failure to appear at mediation without good cause may result in imposition of sanctions and may be asserted as a bar to lawsuits by claimants who have failed to exhaust this administrative remedy. e.The circumstances under which the Mediator may meet and communicate privately with any of the parties or with any other person. f.Whether and under what conditions communications with the Mediator will be held in confidence during the conference. g.The inadmissibility of conduct and statements as provided by G.S. §7A-38.1(1). h.The duties and responsibilities of the Mediator and the participants. i.That any agreement reached will be reached by mutual consent. 2. Disclosure: The Mediator has a duty to be impartial and to advise all participants of any possible bias, prejudice or partiality. 3. Declaring Impasse: The Mediator may determine at any time during the mediation conference that an impasse exists and that the conference should end. 4. Reporting Results of Conference. The Mediator shall submit a written report to the County and the other parties within 10 days of the conference stating whether or not the parties reached an agreement. The Mediator’s report shall indicate the absence of any party from the mediated settlement conference without permission or good cause. 5. Scheduling and Holding the Conference. It is the duty of the Mediator to schedule the conference and conduct it prior to the deadline of completion set by the rules. The Mediator shall strictly observe deadlines for completion of the conference unless said time limit is changed by agreement of the parties. RULE 6. COMPENSATION OF THE MEDIATOR The parties shall compensate the Mediator for mediation services at the rate proposed by the Mediator and agreed to by the parties at the time the Mediator is selected. RULE 7. RULE MAKING These Rules may be amended by the County at any time. Amendments will not affect mediations where claims or requests for mediation have been filed at the time the amendment takes effect . RULE 8. DEFINITIONS A. “County” shall mean Orange County North Carolina. B. “Project Designer” is that person or firm stipulated as project designer in the Contract Documents for the project. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Revised 07/20 C. “Claim” is a demand or assertion by a party seeking adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the parties to a Contract involved in the County’s building construction renovation and repair projects arising out of or relating to the Contract or the construction process. Claims must be initiated by a written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. D. “Good Cause” generally includes any circumstance beyond the control of a party, which prevents that party from meeting obligations. When good cause is asserted as an excuse for a party’s failure to appear at a mediation conference or to otherwise comply with the requirements of these Rules, the Mediator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether good cause exists to excuse the party’s failure to appear or otherwise comply with these rules. RULE 9. TIME LIMITS A. Any time limit provided for by these Rules may be waived or extended at the sole discretion of the County, if no Mediator has been selected, and at the discretion of the County with concurrence of the Mediator if a Mediator has been selected. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements Note: An Exception or Waiver of Minimum Coverage may only be granted at the discretion and approval of Risk Management based on assessment of risk posed to the county. Coverage Low Risk Profile Standard Risk Profile High Risk Profile Specialty Encroachment Premises Lease Commercial General Liability Products/Completed Operation Explosion, Collapse & Underground (XCU) $1,000,000/$2,000,000 Per accident As above $1,000,000/$2,000,000 As Above If any, Limit to be determined. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 As above If any, TBD. $1,000,000* As Above If any, TBD. $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Automobile Liability $1,000,000 (CSL) Per occurrence $1,000,000* $1,000,000* $1,000,000* N/A N/A **Workers’ Compensation Statutory Statutory Statutory Statutory N/A Statutory **Employer’s Liability 100/500/100 500/500/500* 500/500/500 500/500/500* N/A 100/500/100 ** Waiver of Subrogation on WC Required if available Required if available Required Required N/A N/A Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000+ $9,000,000+ N/A N/A Professional Liability may be required on a risk profile depending on nature of services provided by contract. Coverage required for professional service such as accountant, attorney, architect, design, engineering, health care and most consultants. $1,000,000 per occurrence $1,000,000 TBD TBD N/A N/A Sexual Misconduct (Sexual Abuse/Molestation) may be required for contractors working directly one-on-one with children and elderly or in overnight sheltering capacities. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 $1,000,000/$2,000,000 TBD TBD N/A TBD Cyber Liability may be required for contractors having access to personal identifying information, and/or computer networks. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 TBD TBD TBD N/A Environmental/Pollution Liability required if demolition, use of N/A $1,000,000 $1,000,000+* $1,000,000+* N/A N/A DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements Note: An Exception or Waiver of Minimum Coverage may only be granted at the discretion and approval of Risk Management based on assessment of risk posed to the county. hazardous material or environmentally sensitive Fidelity Bond (loss of money or other property due to dishonest acts). Only for contracts such as Banking, Janitorial, Fundraising, TPA’s and similar, ETA TBD Amount depends on exposure to loss TBD TBD N/A N/A Other Coverage As required TBD TBD TBD TBD N/A N/A Bid, Performance & Payment Bonds TBD TBD TBD TBD N/A N/A *A combination of Umbrella/Excess and primary limit may be used to provide coverage for the amount shown. ** Workers’ Compensation is required if the contractor/vendor has employees. Owner Waiver is acceptable for a Sole Proprietor. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA COUNTY SALES AND USE TAX REPORT SUMMARY TOTALS AND CERTIFICATION CONTRACTOR: Page __1____ of ______ PROJECT: FOR PERIOD: TOTAL FOR COUNTY OF: TOTAL FOR COUNTY OF: TOTAL FOR COUNTY OF: TOTAL FOR COUNTY OF: TOTAL FOR COUNTY OF: TOTAL FOR COUNTY OF: TOTAL ALL COUNTIES CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR(S)* COUNTY TOTAL * Attach subcontractor(s) report(s) ** Must balance with Detail Sheet(s) I certify that the above figures do not include any tax paid on supplies, tools and equipment which were used to perform this contract and only includes those building materials, supplies, fixtures and equipment which actually became a part of or annexed to th e building or structure. I certify that, to the best o f my knowledge, the information provided here is true, correct, and complete. Sworn to and subscribed before me, This the _______ day of _____________, 20____ Signed Notary Public My Commission Expires: Print or Type Name of Above Seal NOTE: This certified statement may be subject to audit. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA SALES AND USE TAX REPORT DETAIL CONTRACTOR: Page ___2___ of ______ SUBCONTRACTOR FOR PERIOD: PROJECT: PURCHASE DATE VENDOR NAME INVOICE NUMBER TYPE OF PROPERTY INVOICE TOTAL COUNTY TAX PAID COUNTY OF SALE * $ $ TOTAL: $ * If this is an out-of-state vendor, the County of Sale should be the county to which the merchandise was shipped. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 HOT WORK PERMIT PROGRAM COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY OFFICE OF PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY This instruction establishes policy and procedures and assigns responsibilities and requirements to ensure a comprehensive policy and program exists to perform work during new construction, repair, renovations and/or alterations that require hot work. It applies to all Orange County employees, contractors, and tenants on Orange County premises. Violations of this policy may result in appropriate disciplinary action to include administrative actions such as written or criminal prosecution under applicable North Carolina State Statue. 1. Objective. To assess the risk associated with hot work and prevent loss by fire. 2. Definitions 2.1. Hot Work: Hot Work is defined as any temporary or permanent operation that produces flames, sparks or heat. Hot work is not necessarily an occasional occurrence; it is often conducted as part of production processes in normal manufacturing operations. This includes, but is not limited to: cutting, grinding, brazing, welding, sawing, soldering, thawing pipes, sweating pipes or applying roofing materials with torches and sealing plastic shrink wrap. 2.2. Hot Work Shop: Any work shop that does hot work as part of its normal duties. Hot Work Shops will be inspected by the Orange County Fire Marshal annually and the shop will be given a "Hot Work Permit" for one year. 2.3. Hot Work Sites: Immediate area where hot work is to be accomplished. Includes all areas adjacent (includes above, below, and next to work site) to, on opposite side of wall surfaces, and an area encompassing a Thirty-five foot (35 ft.) radius around the immediate area where hot work is to be performed. 2.4. Hot Work Permit Form: A Hot Work Permit is a three-part form issued for all hot work. The Hot Work Permit Form may be obtained from project managers with Asset Management & Solid Waste Management and will be the only recognized form for use. 2.5. Non-Permissible Areas 2.5.1. See NFPA 51B:5.3 2.5.1.1. Hot Work Shall not be permitted in the following areas: 2.5.1.1.1. In areas not authorized by management 2.5.1.1.2. In sprinklered buildings where sprinklers are impaired, unless the requirements of NFPA 25, et al, are met. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 2.5.1.1.3. In the presence of explosive atmospheres (i.e. where mixtures of flammable gases, vapors, liquids, or dust with air exists) 2.5.1.1.4. In the presence of unclear or improperly prepared equipment, drums, tanks, or other containers that previously contained materials that could develop explosive atmospheres 2.5.1.1.5. In areas with an accumulation of combustible dusts that could develop explosive atmospheres. 2.5.2. Devices: Devices refer to any smoke detector, heat detector, duct smoke detector, beam detector or any other fire alarm system detection device that might require deactivation during hot work. (Manual fire alarm pull stations will not be deactivated during hot work.) 2.5.3. Device Number(s): 2.5.4. Addressable Fire Alarm Systems: Device Number refers to the individual number assigned to each detection device that might be impacted by Hot Work. 2.5.5. Conventional Hard Wired Systems: detection devices are not given an individual number; the Fire Zone along with room locations should be utilized. 2.6. Fire Safety Supervisor: Is responsible for enforcing the hot work policy, activities of fire watch and all outside contractors. 2.6.1 First and foremost, he or she has to decide if there is a safer way to complete the job or if hot work is the only option. 2.6.2 If hot work is the only option, determine if hot work can be performed in the area identified. Hot work must be prohibited in any area where the hazard cannot be eliminated or controlled. “No hot work” signs should be clearly posted. 2.6.3 If there is no alternative to hot work and the area in question is fire-safe, the fire safety supervisor authorizes the hot work by issuing FM Global’s Hot Work Permit. The job is then discussed with the person performing fire watch and hot work operator after following the precautions identified on the permit. 2.6.4 Oversees and manages the activities of the fire watch and outside contractors, providing approval signatures as required on the permit. 2.6.5 Once a decision has been made to use the hot work permit form, the fire safety supervisor shall work with the contractor performing hot work to complete Part 1 and issue the permit. The second page shall be taken out, scanned and electronically sent to Orange County Fire Marshal’s Office. The copy shall be retained with project management. The risk manager shall be notified of any hot work in Orange County facilities by email and telephone. 919-245-2155. acornetto@orangecountync.gov 2.7 Fire Watch: The job of the fire watch is to prevent fire and be ready to respond if one starts with the following duties:  Stays near the person performing the hot work  Closes all fire doors  Makes sure the work area remains free of combustibles and tarpaulins are not moved DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951  Pays particular attention to hot work jobs at elevated locations, on the building roof, on walls or inside buildings with multiple floors; these areas often are not watched carefully enough and frequently have ignited from stray sparks smoldering long after workers have left the job site  Never leaves the area while work is in progress or during breaks, such as lunch, unless relieved by a qualified replacement  Stops the hot work if improper conditions develop  Is ready to sound the alarm and use an ext inguisher or fire hose if a fire starts After completion of the Hot Work, a selected trained individual with an appropriate fire extinguisher provided by the contractor doing work must remain in the immediate area of the Hot Work to ensure that a fire does not start. Fire Watch must be maintained constant for 1 hour after the completion of hot work and every half-hour for the additional 3 hours. If smoldering is detected the Fire Watch will follow the RACE procedures: R Remove persons from danger A Activate the fire alarm system C Close all windows and doors E Extinguish the fire or evacuate the area. 3 Procedures 3.6 Supervisors, Project Managers, and Contractors will determine if welding, cutting, soldering and/ or heating is absolutely necessary as part of the project or work order and there are no alternative options to complete the job. If hot work is required, it will be the responsibility of the supervisor, project manager, or contractor to determine if the work can be performed outside the facility. Hot Work conducted outside still requires a permit be obtained. If outside, maintain a minimum of 35ft away from any structure or other combustible. If hot work cannot be completed outside the facility, a Hot Work Permit is required and will be completed in accordance with the procedures in Part 1 of the hot work permit. 3.7 Regardless of completing the work outside or inside the facility, the general fire safety guidelines outlined in this section shall be followed. 3.8 Permit Issue: Hot Work Permits can be issued by Asset Management project manager or designee. Hot Work Permits shall be requested at least 24 hours or last working day in advance of needed work. 3.9 Individuals issuing Hot Work Permits will ensure that: 3.9.1 Hot work site is acceptable for Hot Work and that there are no excessive combustibles or combustible/flammable liquids in the hot work area; 3.9.2 Individual(s) performing the Hot Work understand the minimum safety precautions as outline on the Hot Work Permit by completing the appropriate blocks on the form; DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 3.9.3 A copy of the Hot Work Permit is forwarded to the Orange County Fire Marshal Division prior to starting any hot work; unless it is deemed “emergency work”, but still must be approved by Asset Management Project Manager. 3.9.4 Original copy of the Hot Work Permit is posted in the hot work area in clear view; 3.9.5 If a Fire Watch is required that the appropriate information is completed on the Hot Work Permit Form. 3.9.6 Hot Work Permits are issued on a day-to-day basis, with the exception of designated “Hot Work Zones”. Hot Work Zones are approved by the Orange County Fire Marshal Division after a site visit, and are typically granted for long-term projects only. A “Hot Work Zone” permit may be issued for work requiring daily hot work over a lengthy period of time. 4 Notification: 4.6 It is the responsibility of the individual performing the Hot Work to ensure that Asset Management notifies the appropriate fire alarm monitoring company, Orange County’s insurance carrier through the risk manager and the Orange County Fire Marshal Division to the initiation and upon completion of any Hot Work. 5 Enforcement: 5.6 Orange County Fire Marshal Division has the responsibility to spot check hot work permits to ensure compliance. Permits may be revoked if the safety precautions have been violated. 5.7 The Asset Management Department has the responsibility to ensure only trained and certified personnel complete the Hot Work permit and that only qualified individuals perform Hot Work. 5.8 A designated Hot Work Supervisor must be onsite during all Hot Work Operations 6 Training: 6.6 All Orange County personnel that issue, spot check or perform hot work shall complete online annual training and obtain certification. All contractors that perform hot work shall complete online annual training. No individual may complete a Hot Work Permit or perform hot work without this certification. Asset Management will maintain all records of training completion. Go to https://fmglobaltraining.skillport.com/skillportfe/custom/login/fmglobal/fmgloballogin.a ction?path=fmglobal/login/FmglobalLoginAction&lang=en for access to the program. Once logged in the FM Global’s Client Training Center, type hot work in the Search bar and press Search. Take the Managing Hot Work Using FM Global’ s Hot Work Permit System and How To Fill Out A Hot Work Permit. A copy of your certificate shall be submitted to Asset Management. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 7 Coordination and Approval 7.6 Any requested changes to this policy will be coordinated with Asset Management, Risk Management and the Orange County Fire Marshal prior to the change being implemented 7.7 All departments annotated below have coordinated and given their approval via signature to this Hot Work Program Operating Instruction 7.8 Asset Management Project Managers or are to sign with their approval, the Hot Work Permit, indicating that the site has been inspected for safety prior t o work, as instructed on the Hot Work Form, and that a Fire Watch will be maintained by trained personnel or approved methods (i.e. detection systems in working order). The signee assumes responsibility for the work site and workers. Acknowledged by:______________________________________ Company Name: _______________________________________ Date: ________________________________________________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 011100 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Summary of the Work SECTION 011100 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK 1 2 3 RELATED DOCUMENTS 4 5 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other 6 Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 7 8 9 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10 11 The Work of the Project is defined by the Contract Documents and generally consists of the following: 12 13 Install new dehumidification units, install new HVLS fans, improve existing ventilation system and provide 14 new monitoring system. 15 16 17 ACCESS TO SITE 18 19 Contractor will be provided with card access to the space and be responsible for securing the construction 20 site. The contractor shall be allowed a maximum of 10 parking spots in the gravel lot behind the building. 21 22 23 24 WORK RESTRICTIONS 25 26 General Work Restrictions: Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities 27 having jurisdiction. 28 29 Owner' work rules and/or restrictions on construction operations, as appended at the end of this Section, must be 30 adhered to by all Contractor personnel. 31 32 Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. 33 34 Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require 35 personnel to use identification tags at all times. 36 37 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 39 40 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 011000 45 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 012300 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Alternates SECTION 012300 - ALTERNATES 1 2 PART 1 – GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other 8 Divsion 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 9 10 11 SUMMARY 12 13 This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 14 15 16 DEFINITION 17 18 Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Form of Proposal for certain work defined in the bidding 19 requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Owner decides to accept a correspond-20 ing change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or 21 installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 22 23 Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. The cost or credit for 24 each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No 25 other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 26 27 28 PROCEDURES 29 30 Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 31 32 Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or re-33 quired for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. 34 35 Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. 36 Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete descrip-37 tion of negotiated revisions to alternates. 38 39 Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. 40 41 A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain 42 requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. 43 44 45 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 46 47 48 PART 3 - EXECUTION 49 50 51 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES 52 53 Alternate No. 1: HVLS Fans 54 55 Alternate No. 2: Siemens Controls by local branch office 56 57 58 END OF SECTION 012300 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 013100-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Project Management and Coordination SECTION 013100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 8 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 9 specification sections, apply to work of this section. 10 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not 15 limited to, the following: 16 17 Coordination procedures. 18 Coordination drawings. 19 Requests for Information (RFIs). 20 Request for Proposal (RFP). 21 Project meetings. 22 23 24 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25 26 Subcontractor & Material Suppliers List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each 27 portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include 28 the following information in tabular form: 29 30 Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 31 Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 32 33 Key Personnel Names: Prepare a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in 34 attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone 35 numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, 36 and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 37 38 39 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES 40 41 Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure 42 efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different 43 Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 44 45 Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one 46 part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 47 48 Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for 49 required maintenance, service, and repair. 50 51 Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 52 53 Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other 54 construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities 55 include, but are not limited to, the following: 56 57 Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 58 Preparation of the schedule of values. 59 Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 013100-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Project Management and Coordination Delivery and processing of submittals. 1 Progress meetings. 2 Pre-installation conferences. 3 Project closeout activities. 4 Startup and adjustment of systems. 5 6 7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 8 9 Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and 10 additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability 11 necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or 12 installed by more than one entity. 13 14 Prepare project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do 15 not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: 16 17 Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, 18 and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. 19 20 Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by subcontractors in a 21 sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed 22 components before submitting for review. 23 24 Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural and engineered systems. 25 26 Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during 27 the life of the installation. 28 29 Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other 30 controls. 31 32 Indicate required installation sequences. 33 34 Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with 35 submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches indicating proposed 36 resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered 37 changes to the Contract. 38 39 40 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) 41 42 Upon discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall 43 prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified below. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to 44 avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. Include a detailed, legible description of item needing 45 information or interpretation and the following: 46 47 Project name. 48 Designer and Owner project numbers. 49 Date. 50 RFI number, numbered sequentially. 51 RFI subject. 52 Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 53 Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 54 Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 55 Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the 56 Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 57 Contractor's signature. 58 Attach sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination 59 drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 013100-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Project Management and Coordination Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log as part of 1 documentation for monthly meetings. Include the following on the RFI log: 2 3 Project name. 4 Designer and Owner project numbers. 5 Name and address of Contractor. 6 Name and address of Designer. 7 RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 8 RFI description. 9 Date the RFI was submitted. 10 Date Designer’s response was received. 11 12 On receipt of Designer's response, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected 13 parties. Review response and notify Designer within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 14 15 16 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) 17 18 In the event that a change is required in the project scope, the Designer shall generate a written request for 19 Contractor’s proposal for additional work. Contractor shall prepare and submit a proposal in the form specified below. 20 Coordinate and submit proposals in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of 21 subcontractors. Include a detailed, legible description of proposed work, with the following: 22 23 Project name. 24 Designer and Owner project numbers. 25 Date. 26 Proposal number, numbered sequentially. 27 Description of work. 28 Complete breakdown of costs for materials, with units and quantities. 29 Complete breakdown of labor costs, with hours rates and burden. 30 Overhead & Profit. 31 Impact on Contract Time. 32 33 Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of proposals organized by the proposal number. Submit log as part of 34 documentation for monthly meetings. Include the following on the proposal log: 35 36 Project name. 37 Designer and Owner project numbers. 38 Name and address of Contractor. 39 Name and address of Designer. 40 Proposal number, including proposals that were returned without approval or withdrawn. 41 Proposal description. 42 Date the proposal was submitted. 43 Date each Designer’s response was received. 44 Date Designer’s approval was received. 45 Date Owner’s approval was received. 46 47 48 PROJECT MEETINGS 49 50 Preconstruction Conference: The Designer shall schedule and conduct a pre-construction conference before starting 51 construction. 52 53 Authorized representatives of Owner Designer, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major 54 subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall 55 be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 56 57 58 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 013100-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Project Management and Coordination The agenda shall include items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: 1 2 Designation of key personnel and their duties. 3 Lines of communications. 4 Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5 Procedures for RFIs. 6 Procedures for testing and inspecting. 7 Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 8 Distribution of the Contract Documents. 9 Submittal procedures. 10 Tentative construction schedule. 11 Phasing. 12 Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. 13 14 Monthly Progress Meeting: The Designer shall conduct a monthly meeting at the jobsite. These meetings shall be 15 open to subcontractors, material suppliers and any others who can contribute toward maintaining required job 16 progress. The Contractor be represented by both home office and project personnel. These representatives shall 17 have authority to act on behalf of the Contractor. It shall be the purpose of these meetings to effect coordination, 18 cooperation and assistance in maintaining progress of the project on schedule in order to complete the project within 19 the contract time. The format of these meetings shall include the following: 20 21 Review minutes of last job conference and resolve all uncorrected problems. 22 23 Review of work in last and next 30 days. 24 25 Review the construction schedule and update when necessary. 26 27 Review of Designer’s Logs. (Submittals, RFI’s, RFP’s, Proposals) 28 29 Review any pending change orders or field orders. 30 31 Weekly Construction Meeting: Contractor shall schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site for 32 discussing progress of construction and coordination items. Contractor shall inform participants and others involved, 33 and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Designer of 34 scheduled meeting dates and times. 35 36 Prepare the meeting agenda and distribute to all invited attendees. 37 38 Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or 39 behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind 40 schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule 41 revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract 42 Time. 43 44 Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone 45 concerned, including Owner and Designer, within three days of the meeting. 46 47 48 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) 49 50 51 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) 52 53 54 END OF SECTION 013100 55 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 015000-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Temporary Facilities and Controls SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Divi-8 sion 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 9 10 SUMMARY 11 12 This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 13 14 15 SUBMITTALS 16 17 Site Plan: Show proposed temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction per-18 sonnel. 19 20 Fire Protection Plan: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate 21 Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. 22 23 Moisture and Mold Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from 24 water absorption and damage. 25 26 Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water dam-27 age. 28 29 Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into 30 completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 31 32 Dust and Contamination Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust control 33 measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. 34 35 Project Identification Sign: Submit details of Project identification sign, including construction and installation. 36 37 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 39 40 41 MATERIALS 42 43 44 Polyethylene Sheet for Dust Control: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 6-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread 45 rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. 46 47 48 TEMPORARY STORAGE AND FABRICATION UNITS 49 50 Provide sheds, storage containers, etc. sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for 51 construction operations. Store combustible materials apart from building. 52 53 54 PART 3 - EXECUTION 55 56 57 GENERAL 58 59 Comply with NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations and ANSI 60 A10 Series standards for Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition. 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 015000-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Temporary Facilities and Controls TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 2 General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing 3 users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 4 5 Water Supply: Water may be taken from the building service lines. Contractor shall provide and install all piping to 6 convey water to point of use as required, shall be responsible for all damage to mains or water system caused by him 7 or his sub-contractors, and upon completion, shall remove any temporary piping. Damage caused to mains or water 8 system shall be repaired without additional cost to Owner. The point of connection shall be as designated by the 9 Owner. 10 11 Electrical Power and Lighting: Electrical power required during construction may be taken from sources available on 12 the Project site. This service shall be installed by a qualified electrical Contractor. Lighting shall be provided by Con-13 tractor in all spaces at all times where necessary for good and proper workmanship, for inspection, or for safety. No 14 temporary power shall be used off temporary lighting lines without specific approval of A-E. 15 16 Temporary electrical power and lighting shall be installed by the Division 26 contractor and comply with NECA 17 Electrical Design Library Temporary Electrical Facilities and with NEMA UL standards and regulations for tempo-18 rary electrical service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code. 19 20 21 TEMPORARY FACILITIES INSTALLATION 22 23 Locate temporary facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with perfor-24 mance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 25 26 Parking for construction activities must be within construction line limits. Contractor’s personnel will not at any time 27 park in any Owner parking lot without the prior express consent of Owner. Any personnel violating this requirement, 28 do so at their own risk and should be aware that their vehicles may be towed at their own expense. 29 30 Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 31 32 Identification Sign: Provide Project identification sign as indicated on Drawings. 33 34 Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking 35 entrance to Project. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 36 37 Sign Maintenance: Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. 38 39 Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction 40 operations. Provide adequate, separate cycling containers for all recyclable waste generated during construction. 41 Containers shall be regularly emptied and construction debris shall not be allowed to accumulate on the Project site. 42 Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 43 44 45 FIRE PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION 46 47 Building contents and all elements of new and/or existing construction must be thoroughly protected from construc-48 tion procedures that produce sparks, flames, or excessive heat. Such procedures include, but are not limited to, 49 welding, soldering, flame-cutting, using grinders or metal cutting saws, and heating of work spaces. Contractor shall 50 maintain fire watch and/or portable fire-suppression devices, as required, during these operations. 51 52 The Contractor shall develop, provide, and post a written plan in compliance with NFPA 241 and requirements of the 53 local authorities having jurisdiction for fire protection during construction. 54 55 Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs 56 with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures 57 required to prevent fires and how to deal with them if they occur. 58 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 015000-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Temporary Facilities and Controls Provide and maintain portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of 1 fire exposures. Comply with NFPA 10 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers. Locate fire extinguishers where con-2 venient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor or area at or near 3 each usable stairwell. 4 5 Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 6 7 Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and 8 other access routes for fighting fires. 9 10 11 SECURITY AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 12 13 Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting struc-14 turally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. 15 16 Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by au-17 thorities having jurisdiction. 18 19 Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from 20 exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclo-21 sure for building exterior. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate tem-22 porary enclosures. 23 24 25 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION 26 27 Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and ex-28 posure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 29 30 Protect porous materials from water damage. 31 32 Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 33 Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 34 35 Keep roof, wall, and/or openings covered or dammed. 36 37 Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers, but before full enclosure and condition-38 ing of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as 39 follows: 40 41 Do not load or install porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially en-42 closed building. 43 44 Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 45 46 Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 47 48 Discard or replace water-damaged material. 49 50 Do not install material that is wet. 51 52 Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 53 54 Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the materi-55 al in drywall or other interior finishes. 56 57 Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure, maintain as 58 follows: 59 60 Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 61 62 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 015000-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Temporary Facilities and Controls Use temporary HVAC units or system to control humidity. 1 2 Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water 3 limits. 4 5 Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth that become wet during the course of construction and 6 remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and must be replaced. 7 8 9 DUST AND CONTAMINATION CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION 10 11 Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas or areas in which construction work is more advanced. 12 13 Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by 14 Owner from fumes and noise. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet on each 15 side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidewalls. Over-16 lap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood. 17 18 Maintain negative air pressure within the work area using HEPA-equipped air-filtration units, starting with com-19 mencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 20 21 Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work areas using portable dust-22 containment devices. 23 24 Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment. 25 26 Coordinate general construction activities with the work of Divisions 21-28 to avoid contamination and/or degradation 27 of building engineered systems by dust, over-spray of insulation or paint, etc. Costs for the cleaning and/or com-28 ponent replacement of engineered systems required by contamination and/or degradation by general con-29 struction activities shall be assigned to the General Contractor. 30 31 32 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES 33 34 Operation: Maintain temporary facilities in good operating condition until removal. 35 36 Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been 37 replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if neces-38 sary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. 39 Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 40 41 Removal: Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right 42 to take possession of Project identification signs. 43 44 45 END OF SECTION 015000 46 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 017700 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Project Closeout SECTION 017700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 2 3 RELATED DOCUMENTS 4 5 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other 6 Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 7 8 9 INSPECTION CERTIFICATES, WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND GUARANTEES 10 11 Before Final Payment will be made, Contractor must submit a proper Certificate of Occupancy or a copy of all 12 appropriate inspection certificates to A-E, signed by proper authorities, together with warranties, bonds, and/or 13 guarantees as required. 14 15 16 FINAL PAYMENT 17 18 Properly documented Final Certificate for Payment shall include the following: 19 20 Certificate of Completion/Compliance by Architect/Engineer 21 22 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment (as applicable) 23 24 Prime Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens 25 26 Prime Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims 27 28 Builder’s Risk Insurance Cancellation Notice 29 30 Inspection Certificates (as applicable) 31 32 Warranties, Bonds and Guarantees 33 34 Operating and Maintenance Data 35 36 Documentation of Owner Instruction and Training 37 38 Contractor’s As-built Drawings 39 40 41 END OF SECTION 017700 42 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work SECTION 019913 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DIVISIONS 23 and 26 WORK 1 2 The “Engineer of Record” for the work defined by Division 01 Sections is Salas O’Brien, 1620 Midtown Place (27609), 3 P.O. Box 19944 (27619), Raleigh, NC, (919) 832-8118. The term “engineer,” “architect-engineer,” “engineer-4 architect,” “A-E,” “E-A,” etc., when used in these Sections shall reference Salas O’Brien. 5 6 The “Engineer of Record” for the work defined by Divisions 23 and 26 is Salas O’Brien., 1620 Midtown Place (27609), 7 P.O. Box 19944 (27619), Raleigh, NC, (919) 832-8118. The term “engineer,” “architect-engineer,” “engineer-8 architect,” “A-E,” “E-A,” etc., when used in Divisions 23 and 26 Drawings and Specifications shall reference Salas 9 O’Brien. 10 11 12 PART 1 - GENERAL 13 14 15 RELATED DOCUMENTS 16 17 18 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other 19 Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 20 21 The requirements specified herein shall govern all Sections in Divisions 23 and 26, whether stated therein or 22 not. 23 24 Where items specified in the other sections of this Division conflict with requirements of this Section, the former shall 25 govern. 26 27 28 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 29 30 The Contract Documents may represent imperfect data and may contain errors, omissions, conflicts, inconsistencies, 31 code violations and improper use of materials. Such deficiencies will be corrected by the A-E when identified. The 32 Contractor shall carefully study and compare the individual Contract Documents with each other and report at once in 33 writing to the A-E any deficiencies the Contractor may discover. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to 34 likewise study the documents and report at once any deficiencies discovered. The Contractor shall resolve all 35 reported deficiencies with the A-E prior to starting any work. Any work performed prior to receipt of instructions 36 from the A-E will be done at the Contractor's risk. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it 37 involves a recognized error, inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the A-E, the 38 Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the 39 attributable costs for correction. 40 41 The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining habitable structures under this Contract rainproof, and for making 42 equipment and utility installations properly perform the intended function. If he is prevented from so doing by any 43 limitations of the drawings or specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify the A-E in writing of such 44 limitations before proceeding with construction in the area where the problem or limitation exists. 45 46 47 DEFINITIONS 48 49 Mechanical Work: Work required by this Contract as defined by specification Division 23 (Heating, Ventilating, and 50 Air-Conditioning). 51 52 Electrical Work: Work required by this Contract as defined by specification Divisions 26. 53 54 Labeled: Appliances, equipment, materials or products to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other 55 identifying mark of an organization acceptable to the North Carolina Building Code Council and concerned with 56 product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials and by whose 57 labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a 58 specified purpose. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Listed: Appliances, equipment, materials or products included in a list published by an organization acceptable to the 1 North Carolina Building Code Council and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of 2 production of listed equipment or materials, and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets 3 appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. 4 5 Concealed: Work within or behind various construction elements or in crawl spaces or trenches that is not exposed 6 to view when the project is complete. 7 8 Exposed: Not "concealed" as defined above, or anything exposed to view when the project is complete. 9 10 Wiring: Cable, raceways, fittings, mechanical supports, wire, junction boxes, device boxes, outlet boxes, switches, 11 cutouts, and related items. 12 13 14 CODES, LAWS, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS 15 16 Work on and for the project shall conform to requirements of each applicable volume of the North Carolina Building 17 Code; shall comply with the regulations of the N.C. Department of Labor, including the latest revisions and 18 interpretations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of North Carolina; and be in accordance with all other 19 codes, laws, rules and regulations that apply to this project. 20 21 "Confined spaces" and "permit-requiring confined spaces", as defined by U.S. Occupational Safety and Health 22 Administration (USOSHA) may exist in the work area or may be created by the construction of this Project. The 23 Contractor shall be responsible for identification of any permit-requiring confined spaces and for establishing all 24 required procedures for meeting the requirements of USOSHA relative to these spaces, including written confined 25 space entry program(s). 26 27 Codes, laws, regulations, and/or industry standards referenced in the Specification or on the Drawings shall be 28 considered to be part of the Project requirements. Applicable edition of the referenced volume is the edition that 29 is/was in effect at the time the construction permit was issued or at the time of approval of the Contract Documents by 30 the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 31 32 33 INTENT AND WORKMANSHIP 34 35 The words "furnish," "furnish and install," "install," and "provide" or words with similar meaning shall be interpreted, 36 unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in-place and ready for service." 37 38 The work of all trades under this Contract shall be coordinated in such a manner as to obtain the best workmanship 39 possible. 40 41 42 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Miscellaneous items and accessories that are not specifically shown on the drawings or specified herein, but which 1 are essential to produce a complete and properly operating installation, or usable structure or plant, providing the 2 indicated function, shall be furnished and installed without change in the Contract price. Such miscellaneous items 3 and accessories shall be of the same quality standards, including material, style, finish, strength, class, weight and 4 other applicable characteristics, as specific for the major component of which the miscellaneous item or accessory is 5 an essential part. The above requirement, however, is not intended to include major components not covered by or 6 inferable from the drawings and specifications. 7 8 9 WELDER QUALIFICATION 10 11 Where welding is required on vessels or piping with an ASME P- or S- stamp, qualify welders for welding procedures 12 complying with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. Submit Welder's Performance Qualification 13 Record required by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 14 15 For piping and structural supports welding, qualify welders in accordance with AWS QC7 Standard for AWS Certified 16 Welders for welding procedures complying with ASME B31.1 or ASME B31.9, as applicable. Submit Welder's 17 Performance Qualification Record required by ASME B31.1 or B31.9 and a copy of the most recent Maintenance of 18 Welder Certification form submitted to AWS. 19 20 In addition, submit each welder's assigned number, letter, or symbol used to identify the work of the welder. 21 This symbol shall be stamped in or adjacent to each completed weld. 22 23 24 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 26 The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the Work. The Contractor shall coordinate the 27 Work under his Contract so as to avoid conflicts between his work and the work of other trades. He shall carefully 28 examine the Drawings and shall be responsible for the proper fitting of materials and equipment into the space 29 provided. If any departures from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, detail drawings of 30 such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable to the A-E for his review. No 31 such departures shall be made without this review and written clarification or change order. 32 33 If manufacturer recommended details or installation instructions differ from the contract drawings or 34 specifications, then the contractor shall notify the A-E immediately of any discrepancies. 35 36 The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered supplementary, one to the other, so that materials and/or labor 37 indicated, called for, or implied by one and not the other shall be provided as though specifically called for in both. 38 39 Firestop Materials Codes and Standards: Comply with ASTM Standard E814 and applicable categories of UL's 40 current Fire Resistance Directory, Vol. I and II, for compliance with ANSI/UL Standard 1479. 41 42 Access Doors Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where fire-resistance rating is indicated for construction penetrated by 43 access units, provide Listed and Labeled units. 44 45 46 OBSERVATION 47 48 All work shall be done by skilled technicians, continuously supervised by the Contractor and subject to observation 49 and final acceptance by the A-E. Such final acceptance shall in no way relieve the Contractor from responsibility for 50 defects in either workmanship or material that may subsequently develop. 51 52 53 SUBMITTALS 54 55 Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of this 56 specification. Material and equipment schedules, catalog cuts, manufacturers' data and shop drawings, and field 57 working drawings as required by individual Sections shall be provided. 58 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Shop drawings, technical data and other such submittals required by individual Sections of the Divisions listed above 1 shall be provided. 2 3 Equipment drawings, manufacturer's installation instructions as shipped with the equipment, field working and 4 location drawings, wiring diagrams, and coordination drawings shall be provided by the Contractor for items of 5 equipment, sleeves, foundations, curbs, wiring, ductwork, piping, etc., as necessary for information and coordination 6 of all trades. These drawings shall be provided sufficiently in advance of installation to avoid delays and removal and 7 reworking of installed work, and so as to provide information to other trades when and as required. No work shall be 8 done until these drawings have been coordinated by the Contractor. 9 10 Submittals shall be checked before submission by technically qualified employees of Contractor for accuracy, 11 completeness and compliance with Contract requirement. All submittals shall be accompanied by the "Submittal 12 Cover Form" provided at the end of this Section, signed by Contractor. 13 14 Contractor shall submit complete lists or schedules of all proposed sub-contractors and material suppliers, and of all 15 proposed construction materials and equipment. Materials and equipment lists shall be complete with trade names 16 and/or catalog numbers of each item. Processing of the second and subsequent Certificate for Payment will be 17 withheld until substantial portions of these lists have been submitted. 18 19 Products furnished shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the 20 same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. 21 22 Products proposed by the Contractor shall be new except where specifically noted otherwise. Contractor(s) shall 23 provide products only from manufacturers who have published data showing compliance with specified requirements 24 or who certify in writing to such compliance (including laboratory and/or in-place testing, if applicable). All electrical 25 products shall be both labeled and listed, as defined above. Prior to purchase of major materials, equipment or 26 systems, submit manufacturer's data to the A-E for review as hereinafter specified. 27 28 Products of the specified type and for the specified application offered by the Contractor(s) for use on this Project 29 shall comply with the following requirements: 30 31 Product shall have had satisfactory performance in applications of similar character to that specified for a 32 period of at least three (3) years. 33 34 Product shall be from an established national or regional manufacturer. The A-E’s experience with the 35 manufacturer on prior projects relative to product performance, technical support, etc. may be taken into 36 account to establish suitability of the offered product for this Project. 37 38 Product shall be provided through an authorized representative of the manufacturer. The representative 39 shall be capable of providing technical support relative to the installation, operation, and maintenance of the 40 product. The A-E’s experience with the representative on prior projects relative to product performance, 41 technical support, etc. may be taken into account to establish suitability of the offered product for this 42 Project. 43 44 Repair parts and service for the product shall be available within twenty-four (24) hours of notice. 45 46 The manufacturer and his authorized representative shall furnish satisfactory evidence in support of these 47 conditions when requested. The A-E’s decision relative to the suitability and acceptability of any product is 48 final and acceptance of this limitation is implicitly acknowledged by the contractor and the manufacturer 49 and/or his representative offering the product for use on this Project. 50 51 Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of this 52 specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the specifications 53 the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations by being marked "NON-COMPLYING FEATURE." This indication 54 shall be applied to the submittals at the appropriate location in a color contrasting with the remainder of the submittal. 55 Additional information that might assist the Engineer in product evaluation may be included with the submittal. This 56 information should indicate how a specific non-complying feature is believed by the Contractor to meet the intent of 57 the specification. 58 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work It is the Contractor's responsibility to demonstrate compliance with the specifications and to clearly 1 indicate any features that do not meet the specifications. It is not the Engineer's responsibility to 2 identify non-compliance. Substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Engineer, is grounds for 3 rejection of the submittal. Discovery of non-complying features that have not been properly identified as 4 such on submittals may require, at any stage of construction, the removal and replacement of the non-5 complying item(s). 6 7 The A-E will review shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and samples with reasonable promptness. This review is 8 only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information 9 given in the Contract Documents. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not 10 relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. Approval of a specific item 11 shall not include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is responsible for dimensions 12 to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the 13 means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; coordination of his or her Work with that of 14 all other trades; and for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. The Contractor is responsible for any 15 delay caused by his failure to observe submittals requirements and the time for completion of his Contract will not be 16 extended because of such delays. 17 18 The A-E's submittals review stamp categories shall be interpreted as follows: 19 20 Reviewed: Fabrication and installation or erection may be undertaken. 21 22 Exceptions indicated, revise and proceed: Fabrication and installation of erection may be undertaken. 23 However, Contractor shall comply with all notes or corrections indicated. 24 25 Exceptions indicated, revise and re-submit: Neither fabrication, installation, nor erection shall be undertaken. 26 Re-submit corrected copies for review. Corrections shall be limited to items marked, except that changes 27 required in order to coordinate the corrections indicated shall be made. All changes, other than those 28 indicated, shall be called specifically to the A-E's attention. 29 30 Rejected, re-submit: Neither fabrication, installation, nor erection shall be undertaken. Revise entire 31 submission to comply with information given in the Contract Documents and re-submit. 32 33 Submittals returned to the Contractor with the A-E's "reviewed" or "exceptions indicated, revise and proceed" stamp 34 need not be resubmitted, except that corrected copies of "exceptions indicated, revise and proceed" submittals shall 35 be furnished for record when requested. 36 37 Submittals returned to the Contractor with the A-E's "revise and re-submit" or "rejected, re-submit" stamp shall be 38 corrected to comply with Contract requirements and re-submitted to the A-E for review. The Contractor shall direct 39 specific attention, in writing or on re-submitted shop drawings, product data or samples, to revisions other than those 40 requested by the A-E on previous submittals. 41 42 Shop drawings of work that involves more than one subcontractor shall be coordinated by the Contractor and 43 submitted to A-E under one cover. No items shall be fabricated, nor any portion thereof shipped to site, prior to 44 receipt by the Contractor of all applicable submittals, including manufacturer's data, samples and shop drawings 45 bearing the A-E's "reviewed" or "exceptions indicated" stamp only. 46 47 Manufacturer's data submitted as required by the technical specifications sections or requested by A-E shall consist 48 of four (4) copies of certificates, schedules, catalog cuts, manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for 49 each type of product or material. Include maintenance recommendations, fire ratings and other reports when 50 applicable to show compliance with the Specifications. When catalog cuts are submitted, the specific item to be 51 considered shall be identified. Items that are not so identified will be returned to the Contractor without action. 52 53 Firestop Systems: Submit data on products. Provide manufacturer's certification of UL classification(s) 54 required, including copies of UL systems listings and schedule defining each UL system proposed and the 55 applicable type of penetration. 56 57 Access Units: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of access 58 door assembly, including setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-6 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work anchorage devices. 1 2 3 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-7 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Contractor shall submit for review any samples required by the technical specification sections or that may be 1 requested by the A-E. 2 3 With each electrical testing and compliance submittal, Contractor shall submit evidence of compliance that each 4 manufactured item or component of electrically-operated equipment and that each fabricated assembly of electrically 5 operated equipment furnished complies with the testing requirements. 6 7 8 USE OF BRAND NAMES 9 10 Brand names, where scheduled as “basis of design,” are to be considered for information purposes and are not 11 intended to be a product specification. 12 13 Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that indicated as basis of design that 14 may require redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or any other part of the 15 mechanical, electrical, or architectural layout, all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required 16 shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own expense and submitted for review by the A-E. 17 18 Where such deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of ductwork, piping, wiring, raceway, or 19 equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall furnish and install any such 20 ductwork, piping, structural supports, insulation, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and raceway, 21 and any other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost. 22 23 Brand names, where used as a product specification, are intended to denote the standard of quality required for the 24 particular material or product. 25 26 Where the term “equal” or “equivalent” is present, such specification does not restrict the Contractor to a 27 specific brand and equivalent products by other manufacturers may be acceptable. The term "equal" or 28 "equivalent" shall be interpreted to mean a material or product that is similar and equal in type, quality, size, 29 capacity, composition, finish, color, and other performance characteristics to the material or product 30 specified by brand name, and that, in the opinion of the A-E, is suitable for the same use and capable of 31 performing the same function as the material or product specified. Proposed equivalent items must be 32 reviewed by the A-E before they are purchased or incorporated into the work. 33 34 35 EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS AND CHANGES/EXTRA COSTS FOR CHANGES IN BUILDING SERVICES 36 37 Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings, 38 requiring any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or any other part of the mechanical, 39 electrical, or architectural layout, all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required shall be prepared by 40 the Contractor at his own expense and submitted for review by the A-E. 41 42 Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of ductwork, piping, wiring, raceway, or 43 equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall furnish and install any such 44 ductwork, piping, structural supports, insulation, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and raceway, and any 45 other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost. 46 47 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the A-E in all cases where the requirements of proposed equipment 48 differ from the requirements specified, shown, or implied on the Drawings or within the Specifications. Failure of the 49 Contractor to notify the A-E shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of providing compatible 50 equipment at no additional cost as described above. 51 52 53 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 54 55 For each Division of the Work, provide four (4) copies of Operating Manuals, Maintenance Manuals, and Test 56 Reports, bound in suitable covers, to the A-E at least two (2) weeks prior to the final inspection of the project. 57 58 Each manual shall include a cover sheet listing the following: 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-8 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work 1 Project name and location. 2 3 Division of Work covered by the manual. 4 Contractor data, including name, address, phone and fax numbers, and service contact information (24-hour 5 number, email address, etc.) 6 7 Date of project completion. 8 9 Each manual shall include a table of contents. 10 11 Operating manual: Provide all relevant information needed for day-to-day operation and management of the building 12 systems. Include the following for each system: 13 14 System Description: Identify the areas of the building the system serves, the locations of performance 15 checkpoints, the expected performance readings at the design load conditions and, where applicable, at 16 part-load conditions. The system’s operation during the day, night, and weekend, as well as seasonal start-17 up and shutdown, safety devices and their function, control devices and their function, pollution control 18 devices, etc., also shall be described. The function of the controls for individual systems shall be described 19 alongside the description of the system function. 20 21 Operating Routines and Procedures: Identify activities associated with the normal operation of systems and 22 equipment. Operating checklists and operating logs shall be provided for each system and all performance 23 standards shall be identified. 24 25 Seasonal Start-Up and Shutdown: List seasonal start-up and shutdown procedures, including any 26 “mothballing” procedures required. 27 28 Special Procedures: Special procedures related to environmental control, health and safety, productive 29 work environment, etc., shall be codified. 30 31 Troubleshooting Procedures: This section shall include questionnaires and diagnostics to allow users to 32 isolate probable causes of operating problems in an efficient manner. 33 34 Maintenance manual: The maintenance manual shall be divided into two parts: 35 36 Part I shall contain information related to the equipment data sheets, nameplate data, operating data, etc. 37 Include the original purchase order number; date of purchase; name, address, and phone number of vendor; 38 and warranty information. 39 40 Part II shall support a maintenance program. The manual shall contain information prepared by the 41 equipment manufacturers, but shall be supplemented by information provided by the Contractor. Each item 42 of equipment shall be identified and an individual “Equipment Maintenance Sheet” shall be prepared for 43 each, with the following information: 44 45 Description each system and system component, consisting of easily read schematic drawings 46 showing all components, identified to match Part I data, that requires maintenance. 47 48 Recommended preventative and predictive maintenance procedures and their recommended 49 frequency of application for each system component. 50 51 Recommended list of spare parts with part numbers and place(s) they can be obtained. 52 53 Copy of manufacturer's Installation instructions for each component. 54 55 Any other information requested by the A/E to support the operation and maintenance of the 56 equipment. 57 58 Test reports: Provide copies of the test protocols used in the construction and commissioning of the systems. 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-9 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Arrange data so as to allow the results of ensuing tests to be easily added. 1 2 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 5 6 MACHINERY DRIVES 7 8 V-Belt Drives: Provide ANSI/Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA) standard or raw edge cogged V-belts with 9 properly-selected motor pulley and driven sheave. Belts shall be constructed of reinforced cord and rubber. 10 11 The drive shall be rated for the motor horsepower indicated on the Drawings, plus the recommended 12 ANSI/RMA service factor (but, not less than 20%), in addition to the ANSI/RMA allowances for pitch 13 diameter, center distance, and arc of contact. 14 15 Drives 1 horsepower and smaller may be provided with single standard V-belt. Drives 1-1/2 horsepower and 16 larger shall be provided with raw edge cogged V-belts, the number of belts necessary to transmit the 17 required power with 95% minimum efficiency, but in no case less than 2. 18 19 Exception: Belt drives for fans utilized as part of smoke control and/or smoke venting 20 systems shall be rated for the motor horsepower indicated on the Drawings, plus 50% 21 additional service factor, in addition to the ANSI/RMA allowances for pitch diameter, center 22 distance, and arc of contact, and shall have at least 2 belts. 23 24 Multiple belts shall be matched to ANSI/RMA specified limits by measurement on a belt measuring fixture. 25 Seal matched sets together to prevent mixing or partial loss of sets. Replacement, when necessary, shall be 26 an entire set of new matched belts. 27 28 Sheaves and pulleys shall be fixed pitch type, statically and dynamically balanced, and constructed as 29 follows: 30 31 Construction of pressed steel or close grained cast iron. 32 33 Bore shall be fixed or bushing type for securing to shaft with keys. 34 35 Groove spacing for driving and driven pulleys shall be the same. 36 37 Maximum belt speed shall not exceed 5000 feet per minute. 38 39 Minimum motor sheave diameter shall comply with ANSI/RMA recommendations as follows: 40 41 Shaft Couplings: Shaft couplings for direct drive equipment driven by polyphase motors shall be flexible type capable 42 of absorbing vibration, rated for the motor horsepower indicated on the Drawings plus an additional 50% service 43 factor. Couplings shall be drop-out type to allow disassembly and removal without removing equipment shaft or 44 motor. 45 46 Drive Guards: Drive guards shall be provided for belt drives and shaft couplings. 47 48 Belt guards shall comply with OSHA and SMACNA requirements of diamond-mesh wire screen welded to 49 steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration 50 isolation. Include provisions for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in 51 place. 52 53 Coupling guards shall be constructed steel and comply with ANSI B15.1, Section 8, and OSHA 1910.219. 54 Guards shall be easily removable for access and service and provided with openings for speed checks, etc. 55 without removal. 56 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-10 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work 1 2 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS 3 4 Firestop systems shall be used in locations including, but not limited to, the following: 5 6 7 Penetrations through fire resistance rated floor assemblies and roof assemblies (where required by code) 8 including both empty openings and openings containing penetrants. 9 10 Penetrations through fire resistance rated wall assemblies including both empty openings and openings 11 containing penetrants. 12 13 Membrane penetrations in fire resistance rated wall assemblies where items penetrate one side of the 14 barrier. 15 16 Membrane penetrations in fire resistance rated ceiling assemblies. 17 18 Systems or devices must be listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and must conform to construction type, 19 penetrant type, annular space requirements and fire rating involved in each separate instance. System must be 20 symmetrical for wall applications. 21 22 Systems or devices must be asbestos-free and all products must be from a single manufacturer. 23 24 Products must withstand the passage of cold smoke, either as an inherent property of the system or by the use of a 25 separate product included as part of the UL system or device, and designed to perform this function. 26 27 Cracks, Voids, or Holes Up to 4" Diameter: Putty or caulking, one-piece intumescent elastomer, non-corrosive to 28 metal, compatible with synthetic cable jackets, Listed, and capable of expanding 10 times when exposed to flame or 29 heat. 30 31 Openings 4" or Greater: Sealing system capable of passing 3-hour fire test in accordance with ASTM E-814, 32 consisting of wall wrap or liner, partitions, and end caps capable of expanding when exposed to temperatures of 250 33 to 350 deg. F (121 to 177 deg. C), Listed. 34 35 Wall Boxes: 36 37 Metallic boxes used in fire-rated walls or floors must be listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under 38 category CEYY. 39 40 Listed single and double gang metallic device and outlet boxes with metallic or nonmetallic cover plates may 41 be used in bearing and nonbearing wood stud and steel stud walls with ratings not exceeding 2 hours. The 42 metallic outlet or switch boxes shall be securely fastened to the studs and the opening in the wallboard 43 facing shall be cut so that the clearance between the box and the wallboard does not exceed 1/8 in. The 44 surface area of individual metallic outlet or switch boxes shall not exceed 16 sq. in. The aggregate surface 45 area of the boxes shall not exceed 100 sq. in. per 100 sq. ft. of wall surface. 46 47 Metallic boxes located on opposite sides of walls or partitions shall be separated by a minimum horizontal 48 distance of 24 in. This minimum separation distance between metallic boxes may be reduced when “Wall 49 Opening Protective Materials” listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under category CLIV are installed 50 according to the requirements of the Classification. 51 52 Metallic boxes shall not be installed on opposite sides of walls or partitions of staggered stud construction 53 unless “Wall Opening Protective Materials” are installed with the metallic boxes in accordance with 54 Classification requirements for the protective materials. 55 56 57 WALL AND FLOOR ACCESS DOORS 58 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-11 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Where floors, walls and ceilings must be penetrated for access to engineering work, provide types of access doors 1 indicated, including floor doors if any. Furnish sizes indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, furnish 24" x 24" 2 panels. Furnish manufacturer's complete units, of type recommended for application in indicated substrate 3 construction, in each case, complete with anchorages and hardware. 4 5 Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate wall/ceiling door units of welded steel construction with welds ground 6 smooth, 16-gage frames and 14-gage flush panel doors, 175 deg. swing with concealed spring hinges, flush 7 screw-driver-operated cam locks, factory-applied rust-inhibitive prime-coat paint finish. 8 9 Provide rated access doors where installed in fire resistance rated floor and wall assemblies to meet fire rating. 10 11 12 PART 3 – EXECUTION 13 14 15 GENERAL 16 17 Comply with NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations; ANSI A10 18 Series standards for Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition; and Chapter 14 of the North Carolina 19 State Building Code: Fire Code. 20 21 22 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES 23 24 The Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades and shall furnish any and all information necessary to permit 25 the work of other trades. Information to be provided by the Contractor includes, but is not limited to templates, 26 patterns, setting plans, and shop details as may be necessary for the proper installation of work and for the purpose 27 of coordinating adjacent work. Information required by other trades shall be provided in a timely manner and shall be 28 sufficient to allow the work of such other trades to proceed with the least possible interference or delay. 29 30 Where the work of the Contractor will be installed in close proximity to, or may interfere with work of other trades, the 31 Contractor shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If the Contractor installs 32 his work before coordination with other trades, he shall make the necessary changes in his work to correct 33 the condition without extra charge. 34 35 36 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE AND STEEL SUPPORTS 37 38 All concrete curbs, bases, etc., required for mechanical or electrical equipment and components shall be provided 39 under the Division requiring them except where specifically indicated and/or specified to be provided under a different 40 Division. 41 42 "Housekeeping pads", constructed of 3000 psi concrete doweled to floor slab, shall be provided for each floor-43 mounted component. Pads for air-handling units shall, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, be 6" high, while 44 pads for all other equipment shall be 4" high. Pads shall be finished smooth with chamfered top edges and corners. 45 Equipment and other floor-mounted elements shall be installed and shall be anchored and grouted to housekeeping 46 pads. 47 48 Miscellaneous steel for equipment, pipe, duct, raceway, etc. installation required by the work in any Division shall be 49 provided and placed under that Division except where specifically indicated and/or specified to be provided under a 50 different Division. 51 52 Anchors, inserts, supports, attachments, etc., required and but not indicated on the Drawings shall be provided under 53 this Contract. 54 55 56 57 58 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-12 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work WIND LOADING 1 2 Delegated Design: Responsibility for the design of manufactured equipment and/or field-fabricated 3 components installed outdoors to withstand wind loading, including comprehensive engineering analysis by 4 a qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of North Carolina, using performance requirements 5 and design criteria hereinafter specified, is delegated to the Contractor. 6 7 Performance Requirements and Design Criteria: 8 9 Equipment and/or field-fabricated components installed outdoors as part of Divisions 23 and 26 Work shall 10 be fabricated and anchored to the ground or building structure, as applicable, to withstand a wind load 11 imposed on the largest vertical or projected surface area, at maximum wind speed by the North Carolina 12 State Building Code: Building Code for the Project location, in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. 13 14 Outdoor piping and raceway shall be anchored by using a U-bolt, strap, or other hold-down device anchored 15 at each support point. Equipment and other components shall be anchored by using structural frames, 16 straps, or other hold-down devices anchored to foundations, structural supports, or roof curbs, as applicable. 17 18 19 PATCHING 20 21 Repair, patching, and finishing of walls, floors, and/or ceilings affected by demolition, cutting after installation of new 22 work, etc. shall be done by technicians skilled in the applicable trades and shall match surrounding or adjoining 23 materials in composition, texture, color, and finish. 24 25 26 CONTRACTOR AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 27 28 Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and 29 revised drawings as modifications are issued. 30 31 Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require 32 individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, 33 to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. 34 35 Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure 36 and record later. 37 38 Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. 39 40 Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. 41 42 Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 43 44 Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 45 46 Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: 47 48 Dimensional changes. 49 50 Revisions to details. 51 52 Locations and depths of underground utilities. 53 54 Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. 55 56 Revisions to electrical circuitry. 57 58 Actual equipment locations. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-13 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Duct size and routing. 1 2 Locations of concealed internal utilities. 3 4 Additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 5 6 Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar 7 identification, where applicable. 8 9 Submit Contractor As-built Drawings to A/E for review at least two (2) weeks prior to Project final inspection. 10 11 END SECTION 019913 12 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-14 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work SUBMITTAL COVER FORM PROJECT: Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Orange County PROJECT NO.: 0611-02-00-20 TO: SALAS O’BRIEN 1620 Midtown Place Raleigh, NC 27609 FROM: CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR We submit for your consideration the following product for the above project: SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION SECTION PARAGRAPH DESCRIPTION TYPE OF SUBMITTAL: Specified Brand Product Proposed Equivalent Product to Specified Brand Product Meeting Performance Specification (No Brand Specified) We warrant the following: a. We have personally investigated the proposed product, and determined that it is equal in all respects to that specified and/or performance specification requirements; b. We will provide the specified guarantee for this product; c. We will coordinate installation of this product into the work, making such changes as may be required for the work to be complete in all respects; d. We have clearly indicated by marking as "Non-Complying Feature" each and every requirement of the Specifications that this product does not meet; e. And, we waive all claims for additional costs related to this product which subsequently become apparent. Attached hereto are complete technical data, including applicable laboratory reports, to demonstrate compliance with project requirements. SUBMITTED BY: SIGNATURE DATE DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019913-15 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification General Requirements for Divisions 23 and 26 Work SUBMITTAL REVIEW (SAMPLE FORM - ORIGINAL WITH COMMENTS WILL BE ATTACHED TO SUBMITTAL BY A/E) PROJECT: PROJECT #: SUBMITTAL ID#: SPECIFICATION PARAGRAPH: DESCRIPTION: Submittal has been reviewed only for conformance with design intent of the contract documents. See Section 019913 "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINEERED WORK" for complete definition of Submittal Review. Reviewed Exceptions Noted - Revise & Proceed Exceptions Noted - Revise & Resubmit Rejected DATE: BY: REVIEW COMMENTS: THESE COMMENTS SHALL NOT BE REMOVED FROM THIS DOCUMENT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019916 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Divisions 23 and 26 Work in Existing Buildings SECTION 019916 - DIVISIONS 23 AND 26 WORK IN EXISTING BUILDINGS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other 8 Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 9 10 11 SUMMARY 12 13 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other 14 Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 15 16 The requirements specified herein shall govern all Sections in Divisions 23 and 26, whether stated therein or 17 not. 18 19 Where items specified in the other sections of this Division conflict with requirements of this Section, the former shall 20 govern. 21 22 DEFINITIONS 23 24 Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed 25 and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. 26 27 Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to 28 Owner. 29 30 Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. 31 32 Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise 33 indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 34 35 36 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP 37 38 Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. Materials removed during demolition 39 shall be accumulated in the demolition area for examination by the Owner. The Owner may choose to retain selected 40 items. Items not selected to be retained by the Owner become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed 41 from the site in a timely manner. All disposal fees and/or permits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 42 43 44 QUALITY ASSURANCE 45 46 Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved Section 608 certification program. 47 48 49 FIELD CONDITIONS 50 51 Existing facilities shall remain in use during all phases of construction under this Contract. All and any of existing 52 building safeties such as exit signage, exit lights, fire alarm, fire sprinkler etc., must remain operational 53 CONTINUOUSLY in order to retain building occupancy status. All required exits and exit signs must be kept 54 available and free of obstruction at all times. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner in every way 55 possible to keep interruption of, and interference with, normal functions, activities, and operations to a minimum. 56 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019916 - 2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Divisions 23 and 26 Work in Existing Buildings Where construction or attendant work interrupts normal functions in any area, a schedule of work shall be submitted 1 for approval of the Owner and after approval, strictly followed. Modification to existing work shall be done as 2 required. All work shall be performed in such a manner as to prevent any interruption of any service or utility. Where 3 it is necessary to interrupt service for demolition, cut-in, or changeover, the work shall be scheduled well in advance 4 of the interruption and the interruption approved by the Owner. As required by the Owner, such work shall be done 5 during night, weekends, holidays, or other off peak period as approved. 6 7 Existing piping, ductwork, raceway and wiring, etc., shall be modified as indicated on the Drawings and/or as required 8 by new and modified construction. Existing piping, ductwork, raceway and wiring, etc., shall be modified as required 9 and put in first class operating condition. No equipment shall be disconnected without approval of the Owner's 10 Representative. Temporary relocation of equipment and temporary piping, ductwork, wiring and raceway, etc., 11 required for continued operation of the facility shall be provided as required. 12 13 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 16 17 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 18 19 Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. 20 21 Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 22 23 24 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION 25 26 Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped, valved off, or otherwise secured before starting demolition. 27 28 Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition 29 required. 30 31 When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are 32 encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the A/E. 33 34 Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent 35 buildings and facilities to remain. As necessary, provide dust barriers, noise control, etc. to minimize impact of 36 demolition on adjacent occupied areas. 37 38 Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around demolition area and to and from occupied portions of 39 building. 40 41 Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces 42 and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 43 44 Provide heating, cooling, dehumidification, and ventilation as necessary to protect the existing building materials and 45 finishes during the demolition period. 46 47 Where existing plumbing, fire protection, HVAC, or electrical services in demolition areas must be shutdown, 48 temporary plumbing, fire protection, heating, cooling, dehumidification, ventilation, lighting, and electrical power shall 49 be provided as needed to maintain use of adjacent occupied areas that are negatively impacted by the shutdown. 50 51 Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective 52 demolition operations. 53 54 Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 55 56 Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent 57 movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled 58 movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019916 - 3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Divisions 23 and 26 Work in Existing Buildings GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION 1 2 Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use 3 methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 4 5 Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to 6 damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or 7 grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to 8 remain. 9 10 Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 11 12 Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and 13 pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire 14 watch and/or portable fire-suppression devices, as required, during flame-cutting operations. 15 16 Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 17 18 Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 19 20 Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground 21 impact or dust generation. 22 23 Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on 24 supporting walls, floors, or framing. 25 26 Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 27 28 Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. 29 30 31 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION 32 33 Remove or relocate all mechanical elements (devices, fixtures, controls, etc.) from walls or floors indicated as being 34 demolished. 35 36 Thermostats and sensors containing mercury shall be disposed in accordance with EPA Resource Conservation and 37 Recovery Act (RCRA). Contractor shall refer to EPA web site for handling procedures for disposal and spill 38 management of projects containing mercury. 39 40 Extend or relocate any existing piping and or ductwork serving existing equipment to remain or other items where 41 such circuits are disrupted due to demolition. 42 Remove all abandoned piping back to the point of supply or back to the point where other remaining piping is 43 connected. For existing piping imbedded existing walls or floors that are not to be demolished, remove piping to 44 behind finish surface, cap, and patch wall or floor as specified hereinafter. 45 46 Existing HVAC systems serving both occupied areas and construction areas shall be modified as required to isolate 47 the construction area. Ducts shall be sealed by closing dampers, disconnecting ducts and sealing openings with 6-48 mil polyvinyl sheeting, etc. 49 50 HVAC equipment in construction areas that is required to be reused shall be de-energized and protected from 51 construction dust and debris with 6-mil polyvinyl sheeting during construction. HVAC systems that are modified 52 during renovation shall be sealed until modifications are made and then resealed until start-up is required. After 53 unsealing of equipment, coils and drain pans of air-handling equipment shall be cleaned. 54 55 Recover and recycle refrigerants from existing equipment to be demolished. All demolition work of existing systems 56 containing refrigerant must be conducted in accordance with Section 608 of EPA Clean Air Act under supervision of 57 an EPA certified technician. Provide documentation with types, quantities and dates for the engineers and owners 58 record. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019916 - 4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Divisions 23 and 26 Work in Existing Buildings Control or monitoring systems that protect equipment and/or occupants must be maintained until associated 1 equipment is removed. 2 3 4 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 5 6 Coordinate all electrical outages with the Owner to facilitate reworking of existing system. No service, feeder, or 7 branch circuit may be de-energized unless specific approval has been obtained from the Owner's representative. 8 9 Dispose of Removed Equipment and Material: Materials removed and not indicated by Drawings to be reinstalled, 10 stored, or retained by the Owner, shall be removed from the site in a timely manner at the Contractor's expense. 11 12 The Owner may choose to retain selected items or equipment. The Contractor shall remove and deliver 13 such items and/or equipment to a location on site as requested by the Owner. 14 15 Thoroughly inspect electrical systems in reworked areas and bring to the attention of the A-E all defective or 16 unserviceable material not scheduled for removal or replacement. 17 18 Remove all abandoned wiring, both exposed and concealed. 19 20 Remove all abandoned raceway and any related items, both exposed and concealed. Where existing raceway is 21 concealed in concrete or masonry, remove wiring as required above and abandon in place. Cut abandoned raceway 22 off ½" into wall, ceiling, or floor to allow patching to completely cover cut off end of raceway. 23 24 Repair surfaces and finishes to match existing surrounding surfaces or finish in all areas where items are removed. 25 After repairs are made no evidence of previous use of surfaces shall be visible. 26 27 Provide touch-up painting as required where new items are installed adjacent to existing items to remain. 28 29 Clean new, damaged, and/or disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats at each 30 location. 31 32 Surface preparation and timing of application of successive coats of paint shall be in accordance with paint 33 manufacturer’s instructions. 34 35 Use zinc-rich paint to repair damage to galvanized finishes. Follow written instructions of paint 36 manufacturer. 37 38 Repair paint finishes for other items, surfaces, or equipment as necessary. Follow written instructions of 39 paint manufacturer. 40 41 Provide blank cover plates to match device plates used in the adjoining areas where outlet, device, junction, or other 42 boxes are to remain, 43 44 Perform the electrical demolition as described below: 45 46 Remove all electrical raceway, cable, wiring, devices, junction boxes, fittings, and related items from all 47 locations indicated on the Drawings as being renovated. Existing raceway, junction boxes, fittings, and 48 similar items may only be reused for the present project where explicitly indicated on the Drawings, 49 provided: 50 51 The existing item is in good condition and is suitable for reuse. 52 53 The existing items meets the requirements of the Specifications for similar items which might be 54 provided new in other locations on the project. Additional support and/or fire stopping may be 55 required to meet this condition. 56 57 The existing item is located in the same position as required in the new configuration as shown on 58 the Drawings. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019916 - 5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Divisions 23 and 26 Work in Existing Buildings Extend or relocate all existing circuits and related items serving existing utilization or other equipment where 1 such circuits or items are disrupted due to demolition activities of any division of the Contract Documents. 2 Relocate all existing junction boxes or similar items that will be rendered inaccessible by new construction 3 furnished under any division of the Contract Documents. Provide any and all temporary electrical supply 4 (supplies) as needed to meet this requirement. 5 6 Remove all abandoned circuits back to the point of supply or back to the point where other remaining loads 7 are connected. Label any unused overcurrent devices as “SPARE”. Circuits supplying equipment which is 8 removed or demolished by any division of the Contract Documents is considered as “abandoned” for 9 purposes of this requirement. 10 11 Revise existing panel directories to reflect modifications made as a part of the project. All directory revisions 12 shall be typed. 13 14 15 LIGHT FIXTURE DISPOSAL 16 17 Lighting fixtures shall be expected to contain ballasts containing Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB's). The Contractor 18 shall dispose of these ballasts by collecting them in metal drums, and shall transport these drums to an approved 19 disposal site. The Contractor's responsibility shall be to properly collect the ballasts and turn them over to a hazmat 20 disposal facility. 21 22 On all fixtures to be demolished the Contractor shall open the wiring compartments of the lighting fixture and 23 determine if the lighting fixture contains ballast(s) with Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB's.) Non PCB-containing 24 ballasts will have printed on their labels "NO PCB's". If the ballast label is missing, illegible, or not explicitly labeled 25 "NO PCBs," the ballast shall be considered to contain PCBs. Ballasts explicitly stating "NO PCBs" shall be disposed 26 of by the Contractor as a part of the normal demolition of material in the project. All other ballasts (missing labels, 27 illegible labels, or those ballasts not explicitly marked "NO PCBs") shall have their wires cut close to the ballasts and 28 be removed from the lighting fixtures. 29 30 In addition, Contractor shall expect that all lamps contain mercury. The Contractor shall dispose of these lamps by 31 collecting them in a manner that keeps the lamps intact and turn them over to a properly permitted light recycler. 32 33 34 END OF SECTION 019916 35 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019926 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Owner Instruction and Training for Divisions 23 and 26 Work SECTION 019926 - OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING FOR DIVISIONS 21-28 WORK 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Divi-8 sion 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 9 10 The requirements specified herein shall govern all Sections in Divisions 23 and 26, whether stated therein or 11 not. 12 13 Where items specified in the other sections of this Division conflict with requirements of this Section, the former shall 14 govern. 15 16 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 19 The Owner instruction and training program shall be developed and coordinated by a firm or individual experienced in 20 training or educating maintenance personnel. 21 22 Contractor personnel experienced in the systems and components incorporated in this Project, along with factory-23 authorized service representatives, shall perform the instruction. 24 25 26 COORDINATION 27 28 Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's 29 operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. 30 31 Coordinate content of training modules with content of manufacturers' recommended emergency, operation, and 32 maintenance procedures. 33 34 35 SUBMITTALS 36 37 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 38 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the Specifica-39 tions, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying features of 40 items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 41 42 Instructional Program and Instructional Materials: Submit detailed description of instructional program structure, train-43 ing modules, and instructional materials. 44 45 Instructor Qualifications: Submit curriculum vitae for each instructor, specifically defining the experience of each in-46 structor and the training modules for which he or she shall be responsible. 47 48 49 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 50 51 52 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM 53 54 General: The Contractor(s) for each of Divisions 21-28, as applicable, is responsible for instructing Owner's 55 personnel relative to each Division's work, including the following: 56 57 Instruction in the operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 58 59 Training in maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019926 - 2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Owner Instruction and Training for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Program Structure: Develop an instruction and training program that includes individual training modules for each 1 Division 21-28 system, subsystem, and equipment item, including both classroom instruction and "hands-on" demon-2 strations. 3 4 Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each instruction and training module, taking 5 into consideration the level of proficiency of Owner's maintenance staff. Include a description of specific skills and 6 knowledge that each participant is expected to master. 7 8 For each instruction and training module, include instruction for the following, as applicable to the system, subsystem, 9 equipment, or component: 10 11 Documentation: Review the following items in detail: 12 13 Operations manuals. 14 15 Maintenance manuals. 16 17 Project record documents. 18 19 Warranties, bonds, and guarantees. 20 21 Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 22 23 Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: 24 25 Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. 26 27 Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 28 29 Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. 30 31 Sequences for electric or electronic control systems. 32 33 Special operating instructions and procedures. 34 35 Operations: Include the following, as applicable: 36 37 Startup procedures. 38 39 Equipment or system break-in procedures. 40 41 Routine and normal operating instructions. 42 43 Regulation and control procedures. 44 45 Control sequences. 46 47 Safety procedures. 48 49 Normal start-up and shutdown instructions. 50 51 Operating procedures for emergencies. 52 53 Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. 54 55 Required sequences for electric or electronic control systems. 56 57 Special operating instructions and procedures. 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019926 - 3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Owner Instruction and Training for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Adjustments: Include the following: 1 2 Alignments. 3 4 Routine adjustments, tightening, etc. 5 6 Noise and vibration adjustments. 7 8 Economy and efficiency adjustments. 9 10 Maintenance: Demonstrate the following: 11 12 Inspection procedures. 13 14 Preventative maintenance requirements, consisting of the following: 15 16 Routine maintenance, which consists of specific procedures that are performed on a 17 regular schedule and are designed to detect, preclude, or mitigate degradation of a 18 system or its components. 19 20 Predictive maintenance, which uses routine inspection and evaluation, testing, and 21 analysis to augment routine maintenance procedures by detecting the onset of component 22 degradation and to address problems as they are identified. 23 24 Instruction on use of special tools. 25 26 Repairs: Include the following: 27 28 Troubleshooting and diagnostic instructions. 29 30 Test and inspection procedures. 31 32 Repair instructions. 33 34 Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 35 36 Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 37 38 39 PART 3 - EXECUTION 40 41 42 Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 43 44 Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants to attend instruction and training, not to exceed 45 10 individuals. 46 47 Confirm Topics and Agenda with owner prior to scheduling. 48 49 Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times scheduled at least four (4) weeks in advance through the A/E. For 50 systems, subsystem, and/or equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide required instruction at start of each 51 season. 52 53 Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility in classroom/conference space provided by the 54 Owner and using the actual systems, subsystems, and equipment installed. 55 56 Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals as the training reference material. If addition-57 al training materials are utilized, they shall be incorporated as an appendix to the operation and maintenance data 58 submittals. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 019926 - 4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Owner Instruction and Training for Divisions 23 and 26 Work Provide documentation that Owner instruction and training has taken place. Provide record of dates, topics, and du-1 ration of each training session, the names of Owner's staff who participated, and a signed review form by each partic-2 ipant. 3 4 5 END OF SECTION 019926 6 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230210 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Summary of Work SECTION 230210 – HVAC SUMMARY OF WORK 1 2 3 Engineer of Record for Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning work is Adam F. Spach, PE, Salas O’Brien, 1620 4 Midtown Place (27609), P. O. Box 19944, Raleigh, NC 27619. Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning work shall 5 be defined by drawings numbered with the prefix "H-“, the general provisions of the Contract including General 6 Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, Division 1 Specification sections, and Division 23 Technical Specification 7 sections listed below. In addition, Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning work may be defined by reference to 8 other documents by any of the above-named sources as well as by project addenda. 9 10 11 DIVISION 23 - HVAC TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Title 230210 HVAC Summary of Work 230510 HVAC Basic Requirements 230511 Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work 230513 Electrical Motors for HVAC Equipment 230517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 230523 HVAC General-Duty Valves for Hydronic Piping 230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 230913 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 230923 Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control Systems for HVAC 233300 Air Duct Accessories 233423 HVAC Power Ventilators 12 13 END OF SECTION 230210 14 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230510-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Basic Requirements SECTION 230510 – HVAC BASIC REQUIREMENTS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 The requirements specified herein shall govern all Sections in Division 23, whether stated therein or not. 11 12 Where items specified in the other sections of this Division conflict with requirements of this Section, the former shall 13 govern. 14 15 16 SUBMITTALS 17 18 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 19 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 20 21 Submit Welder’s and Brazer’s Qualifications in accordance with Section 019913. Welders’ and Brazers’ 22 Qualifications: Operators who are to do the welding and/or brazing must be properly qualified to do satisfactory work. 23 Proof of an operator's qualifications shall be either the Contractor's record of suitable tests passed within 24 the preceding six months while in the employ of the Contractor, or tests made before the start of work. 25 Submit qualification data for each operator prior to their starting work. Any workman considered by the A-E as not 26 having the skill necessary for the work shall be required to pass an appropriate qualification test or shall be at once 27 barred from further welding and/or brazing on the project. 28 29 30 EQUIPMENT SELECTION 31 32 Pump heads and fan static pressures indicated on the Drawings are for estimating purposes and are based on the 33 individual equipment losses as indicated. If the Contractor proposes using equipment, components, pipe or duct 34 routing, etc. that will increase the pump heads and/or fan static pressures, any required pump or fan changes, along 35 with associated motor and power wiring changes, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 36 37 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 39 40 41 PART 3 – EXECUTION (Not Used) 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 230510 45 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work SECTION 230511 - ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR HVAC WORK 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 The requirements specified herein shall govern all Sections in Division 23, whether stated therein or not. 11 12 Where items specified in the other sections of this Division conflict with requirements of this Section, the former shall 13 govern. 14 15 16 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 17 18 Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 19 20 Provide electrical heating coils and similar elements in mechanical equipment. 21 22 Provide motor starters for furnished equipment where starters are required for the intended application when 23 not provided under Division 26. Starters shall be sized in accordance with the latest edition of the 24 National Equipment Manufacturers Association (NEMA) standard ratings for magnetic starters, and the 25 National Electrical Code (NEC). 26 27 NEMA Starter Sizes for Motors NEMA Starter Size Maximum HP for System Voltage (V)/ Phase (PH) 120V/1PH 240V/1PH 208V/3PH 240V/3PH 480V/3PH 00 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 0 1 2 3 3 5 1 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 2 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 3 7-1/2 15 25 30 50 4 - - 40 50 100 28 Provide disconnect switches for all furnished equipment. Disconnect switches shall be sized in accordance 29 with the latest edition of the NEC for single motor applications as follows: 30 31 Disconnect Switch Sizes for Motors Switch Rating Amps (A) Maximum HP at System Voltage (V))/ Phase (PH) 120V/1PH 208V/1PH 240V/1PH 208V/3PH 240V/3PH 480V/3PH 30A 1-1/2 3 3 5 7-1/2 15 60A 3 7-1/2 10 15 15 30 100A 5 10 10 25 25 60 200A - - - 50 60 100 400A - - - 100 125 250 600A - - - 150 200 400 32 33 34 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work Disconnect switches shall be sized for all other applications based on total kW rating of the equipment as 1 follows: 2 3 Disconnect Switch Sizes for Equipment Switch Rating Maximum kW at System Voltage (V)/ Phase (PH) Amps (A) 120V/ 1PH 208V/ 1PH 240V/ 1PH 277V/ 1PH 208V/ 3PH 240V/ 3PH 480V/ 3PH 30A 2.8 5.0 5.8 6.6 8.6 10.0 19.9 60A 5.8 10.0 11.5 13.3 17.3 19.9 39.9 100A 9.6 16.6 19.2 22.2 28.8 33.2 66.4 200A 19.2 33.3 38.4 44.3 57.6 66.4 132.9 400A 38.4 66.6 76.8 88.6 115.1 132.9 265.7 600A 57.6 99.8 115.2 133.0 172.7 199.3 398.6 4 Dual element fuses shall be provided with disconnect switches. Fuses shall be sized based on the 5 nameplate rating for the equipment. 6 7 Equipment enclosures for disconnect switches, starters, variable frequency drives, control panels and any 8 other panel enclosures housing electrical equipment shall be rated based on NEMA standard ratings. Panel 9 enclosures shall be suitable for the environment in which they will be installed. Unless noted otherwise, 10 provide NEMA rated enclosures based on the following environment conditions: 11 12 NEMA Enclosure Ratings for Electrical Equipment NEMA Type Environment Condition 1 Indoors only, dry, low dust, and non-corrosive environment 3R Outdoors, weatherproof and rainproof 4 Outdoors, watertight and raintight 4X Same as 4 plus corrosion resistant 7 Hazardous locations Class I, Groups A, B, C, or D 9 Hazardous locations Class II, Groups E, F, or G 12 Indoors subject to circulating non-hazardous dust, or dripping non-corrosive liquids 13 Provide all single phase interlock and control wiring required for sequenced operation of mechanical devices 14 provided for mechanical systems under Division 23. Under Divisions 26-28, a source of power for these 15 devices shall be provided and extended to the devices under Division 23. 16 17 Make all power wiring connections for mechanical equipment as recommended by the equipment 18 manufacturer. Under Divisions 26-28, power wiring to the line side of a disconnecting provided and installed 19 under Division 23 will be provided. 20 21 Some items of equipment may require conductor and/or raceway combinations different from the 22 supply conductors provided under Division 26-29 to the equipment disconnect; coordinate and 23 provide connections as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 24 25 Division 23 Contractor is responsible for providing and installing fuses in disconnects that supply Division 23 26 utilization equipment. 27 28 Provide any required power wiring not specifically shown on the electrical drawings (E-Sheets) or specified 29 in Divisions 26-28. 30 31 Install duct smoke detectors furnished under Divisions 26-28 and incorporate smoke detectors in interlock 32 and control wiring. Provide appropriate access doors for duct smoke detectors. 33 34 35 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 2 Coordination with Electrical Work: Wherever possible, match elements of electrical provisions of mechanical work 3 with similar elements of electrical work specified in Divisions 26-28 sections. Comply with requirements of applicable 4 Divisions 26-28 sections for raceways and wiring methods associated with final electrical connections to equipment 5 installed under this Division. 6 7 Standards: 8 9 For electrical equipment and products, comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA 10 standards for definitions of terminology herein. 11 12 Comply with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) for workmanship and installation requirements. 13 14 Comply with NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, while performing any electrical 15 work. (NFPA 70E is referenced in OSHA 29CFR Part 1910, Subpart S, Appendix A, and is considered 16 by OSHA as the industry practice for electrical safety.) 17 18 19 SUBMITTALS 20 21 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 22 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 23 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 24 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 25 26 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for electrical 27 materials and products. 28 29 Source Limitations: Provide motor starters, combination motor starters, and disconnects through one source from a 30 single manufacturer. 31 32 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 35 36 MOTOR STARTERS 37 38 Motor Starters: Provide surface-mounted, heavy duty, steel enclosed motor starters with NEMA size rating, voltage 39 rating, and current rating based on the tables provided in Part 1 of this specification. 40 41 Motor starters are three pole types. Starters shall be rated as follows unless otherwise specified: 42 43 For 480Y/277 V.: Use 600 volt type 44 45 For 208Y/120 V.: Use 250 volt type 46 47 For 120/240 V.: Use 250 Volt type 48 49 Provide full voltage, non-reversing magnetic motor starters with auxiliary control devices as indicated. 50 51 Provide units with RMS symmetrical fault withstand rating suitable for application, but no less than 22,000 52 amps. Design of units shall ensure that faults will be contained within the starter enclosure. 53 54 Running Overload Protection: Equip with solid state electronic device for each motor circuit. 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work Auxiliary Contacts: Provide two sets of normally open auxiliary contacts and two sets of normally closed auxiliary 1 contacts. 2 3 Provide additional sets of normally open and/or normally closed auxiliary contacts is such are required to 4 accomplish control functions as defined by the drawings or required by specified control and interlock 5 sequence(s). 6 7 Provide additional sets of contacts as required to operate pilot lights as described elsewhere. Contacts 8 required to operate pilot lights are not shown on the Drawings. Contacts required to operate pilot lights 9 are to be furnished at no additional cost. 10 11 Accessories on Cover: Provide the following accessories on the combination starter cover. 12 13 Reset Pushbutton 14 15 Hand-Off-Automatic (HOA) Switch 16 17 Push to Start Switch 18 19 Pilot Lights on Cover: Pilot lights are to be transformer types, configured to operate from the same voltage as the 20 motor starter coil. Provide the following pilot lights on the starter cover. 21 22 Red Pilot Light, illuminated when starter is energized 23 24 Green Pilot Light, illuminated when starter is not energized 25 26 Disconnect Auxiliary Contacts: Provide 2 pole disconnect auxiliary contacts for control circuits where control circuits 27 are provided from a separate electrical source. 28 29 Coils: Provide starters with operating coils for 120 volts. 30 31 Control Transformer: Provide control transformer having a primary voltage rating to match the line-to-line voltage of 32 the motor supplied by the starter and a secondary voltage to match the voltage of the starter coil. Size control 33 transformer to supply the starter and all pilot devices supplied with a 25% reserve capacity for additional pilot devices. 34 35 Provide NEMA-rated enclosure type suitable for its environment as required by Section 230511. 36 37 38 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS 39 40 General: Combination starters may be used in lieu of separate disconnect and motor starter. Provide 41 surface-mounted, heavy duty, steel enclosed combination motor starters meeting requirements described for motor 42 starters. Provide combination motor starters with NEMA size rating, voltage rating, current rating, and number of 43 poles indicated on the Drawings. 44 45 Circuit Breakers: Provide factory-assembled, molded-case circuit breakers with permanent instantaneous magnetic 46 trips in each pole, with fault-current interrupting rating suitable for application and ampere ratings as indicated. 47 Circuit breaker ratings must be clearly visible when the compartment door is open without the necessity of removing 48 operating mechanisms or similar items to obtain visibility. Where adjustable circuit breakers are provided, such 49 adjustments must be also be readily accessible once the compartment door is opened. Provide push-to-trip feature 50 for testing and exercising circuit breaker trip mechanism. Construct breakers for mounting and operating in any 51 physical position and in ambient temperature of 40 C. Provide with AL/CU rated screw type removable connector 52 lugs. Field coordinate all circuit breaker sizes with equipment nameplate ratings prior to purchase. 53 54 Disconnect Operators: Provide external operator handles for circuit breakers. Design handle with up-down motion 55 and with down position indicating “OFF." Combination Motor Starters with rotary type circuit breaker operators are 56 not acceptable. Construct handles which permit locking handle in “ON” or “OFF” position with a hasp-type padlock. 57 58 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work Provide two-pole interlock switches for all disconnects that are used with utilization equipment requiring control 1 connections provided from separate electrical sources. The interlock switch is to be configured such that when the 2 disconnect is open the interlock switch is open. 3 4 Provide additional interlock switches, auxiliary contacts, plumbing key interlocks, or other accessories as 5 may be described by the Drawings. 6 7 Provide NEMA-rated enclosure type suitable for its environment as required by Section 230511. 8 9 10 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 11 12 Safety Switches: Provide surface-mounted, heavy duty, steel enclosed safety switches, of types, voltage rating, 13 current rating, and number of poles indicated in this Section. 14 15 Switches with no drawing indication of number of poles are three pole types. Switches shall be fusible type, rated as 16 follows unless otherwise specified: 17 18 For 480Y/277 V.: Use 600 Volt type, with neutral and grounding bus. 19 20 For 208Y/120 V.: Use 250 Volt type, with neutral and grounding bus. 21 22 For 120/240 V.: Use 250 Volt type, with neutral and grounding bus. 23 24 Where a neutral is not provided to the specific utilization equipment served, the neutral bus can be bonded to the 25 enclosure and used as a grounding bus. 26 27 Provide horsepower rated switches incorporating quick-make, quick-break type switches constructed so that switch 28 blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of enclosure 29 base and whose operating position is easily recognizable. Internal current carrying components shall be 30 high-conductivity copper; switch contacts shall be silver-tungsten type. Fuse holders shall have positive pressure 31 type reinforced fuse clips. Where non-fused disconnect switches are indicated, provide solid copper bus bars in lieu 32 of fuses. 33 34 Provide NEMA-rated enclosure type suitable for its environment as required by Section 230511. 35 36 Provide switches that may be locked in either the “ON’ or ‘OFF’ condition with a 1/4" shackle hasp-type lock. 37 Safety switches shall have door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the operating handle of 38 the switch is in the “on” position. Manual defeat mechanisms shall be provided for the interlocks. 39 40 Provide two-pole interlock switches for all disconnects that are used with utilization equipment requiring control 41 connections provided from an alternate power source. The interlock switch is to be configured such that when the 42 disconnect is open the interlock switch is open. 43 44 Provide additional interlock switches, auxiliary contacts, mechanical key interlocks, or other accessories as 45 described by the Drawings. 46 47 For all outdoor equipment, provide a fused weatherproof disconnect switch, sized and fused in accordance with 48 manufacturer's requirements. 49 50 Fuses shall be furnished by the Contractor. Fuses shall be current limiting type with a minimum AIC rating of 100,000 51 AMP. The contractor shall furnish Owner with one complete set of spare fuses at the completion of the project. 52 53 54 55 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 6 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 GENERAL 4 5 Coordinate the exact location of all equipment disconnects to ensure that disconnects are located within sight of 6 mechanical equipment. 7 8 Extend power wiring circuits from load side of termination points provided under Divisions 26-28 to each item of 9 mechanical equipment requiring electrical power. All wiring shall be installed in raceway. All wiring and raceway 10 shall be in compliance with Division 26. Utilize liquid tight flexible metallic conduit for weatherproof for outdoor 11 locations. Provide all necessary clamps, fitting, connectors, raceways, circuit conductors, etc., for a completely 12 operational system. 13 14 15 INSTALLATION OF CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16 17 Install disconnects as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, 18 NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices. 19 20 Coordinate placement of disconnects with electrical raceway and cable work, as necessary for proper interface. 21 Coordinate exact location of disconnects with equipment electrical connection point. 22 23 Locate disconnects so that they are readily accessible after all project elements are installed. Location 24 selected for disconnects must permit complete opening of the door or cover to the maximum amount 25 permitted by the design of the switch enclosure. 26 27 Install disconnects for use with motor-driven appliances and motors within sight of the controllers, as indicated on the 28 Drawings. In addition, each motor shall be provided with an approved disconnecting device within sight of the 29 respective equipment as required by the NEC even though not specifically indicated on the Drawings. Disconnects 30 installed for use with controllers may serve as the disconnecting means for the motor if it is in sight from the motor 31 location and the driven machinery location. 32 33 34 INSTALLATION OF STARTERS 35 36 Install starters as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, 37 NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices. 38 39 Coordinate placement of starters with electrical raceway and cable work, as necessary for proper interface. 40 Coordinate exact location of starters with equipment electrical connection point. 41 42 Locate starters so that they are readily accessible after all project elements are installed. Location selected 43 for starters must permit complete opening of the door or cover to the maximum amount permitted by the 44 design of the switch enclosure. 45 46 47 GROUNDING 48 49 Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to assure a permanent and effective ground, for electrical 50 combination motor starters. All combination starters shall be grounded by means of a separate insulated grounding 51 conductor, run with the ungrounded conductors, and bonded to the starter enclosure by means of a dedicated 52 grounding screw terminal or bus. 53 54 55 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 56 57 Subsequent to completion of installation of disconnects and motor starters, energize circuitry and demonstrate 58 capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at project site, then retest 59 to demonstrate compliance; otherwise remove and replace with new units and retest. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230511 - 7 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Provisions for HVAC Work OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 1 2 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 3 4 5 END OF SECTION 230511 6 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230513-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Motors for HVAC Equipment SECTION 230513 - ELECTRICAL MOTORS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 1 2 PART 1 – GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 8 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section. 9 10 The requirements specified herein shall govern all Sections in Division 23, whether stated therein or not. 11 12 Where items specified in the other sections of this Division conflict with requirements of this Section, the former shall 13 govern. 14 15 16 SUBMITTALS 17 18 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 19 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the Specifica-20 tions, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying features of 21 items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 22 23 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for products specified 24 in this Section. 25 26 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 29 30 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS 31 32 Motors shall be rated for continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea 33 level. 34 35 Capacity and torque characteristics shall be sufficient for motor to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at 36 designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding 37 nameplate ratings or service factor. 38 39 Unless otherwise noted in the documents, Motors 1 hp and above shall be polyphase, suitable for electrical service 40 indicated on the Drawings. Fractional horsepower motors shall be single phase, rated for operation at 120 V. 41 42 All motors shall meet the NEMA Premium™ Efficiency Standards. 43 44 All electric motor efficiencies shall comply with energy efficiency requirements of Code of Federal Regulations Title 45 10, Chapter II, Part 431, Subpar B “Electric Motors”. 46 47 48 SINGLE PHASE MOTORS 49 50 Constant speed motors larger than 1/20 hp and less than 1 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and 51 requirements specified above: 52 53 Permanent-split capacitor. 54 Split phase. 55 Capacitor start, inductor run. 56 Capacitor start, capacitor run. 57 58 Constant speed motors 1/20 hp and smaller shall be shaded-pole type. 59 60 Two-speed motors shall be variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type. 61 62 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230513-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Motors for HVAC Equipment Variable speed motors shall be electronic commutation motors (ECM), brushless DC motors with internal circuitry to 1 convert AC power supplied to DC power to operate the motor. Motor shall be speed-controllable via internal circuitry 2 down to 20% of full speed (i.e., 80% turndown) via 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mADC controller output signal from the building 3 direct digital control system. Motor shall be a minimum of 85% efficient at all speeds. 4 5 Bearings shall be prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. 6 7 8 POLYPHASE MOTORS 9 10 Polyphase motors, unless indicated otherwise, shall be in accordance with NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction 11 open dripproof (ODP) type, 1.15 service factor, Class F insulation, rated as "Premium" efficiency motors by NEMA. 12 13 Motor bearings shall be regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loadings. 14 15 Motor frames shall be cast iron for motors 10 hp and larger; rolled steel for motors smaller than 10 hp. 16 17 For motors with reduced-voltage and multispeed controllers, match wiring connection requirements for controller with 18 required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. 19 20 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 23 24 GENERAL 25 26 Install motors on motor mounting systems in accordance with motor manufacturer's instructions, securely anchored to 27 resist torque, drive thrusts, and other external forces inherent in mechanical work. Secure sheaves and other drive 28 units to motor shafts with keys and Allen set screws, except motors of 1/3 HP and less may be secured with Allen set 29 screws on flat surface of shaft. Unless otherwise indicated, set motor shafts parallel with machine shafts. 30 31 32 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 33 34 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 35 36 37 END OF SECTION 230513 38 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230517 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping SECTION 230517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 8 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 9 10 11 SUBMITTALS 12 13 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 14 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the Specifica-15 tions, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying features of 16 items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 17 18 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of 19 sleeve and sleeve seal product. Submit expansion compensation schedule showing Manufacturer's figure number, 20 size, location, and features for each required expansion compensation product. 21 22 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 25 26 SLEEVES 27 28 Cast-Iron Pipe: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends 29 and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. 30 31 Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar. 32 33 Galvanized Sheet Metal: Factory-fabricated of G90 galvanized sheet metal with lock-type longitudinal seam, mini-34 mum 18 ga. 35 36 37 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS 38 39 Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and 40 sleeve. 41 42 Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required 43 for pipe material and size of pipe. 44 45 Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 46 47 Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 48 49 50 GROUT 51 52 Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. 53 54 Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. 55 56 Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 57 58 Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230517 - 2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL APPLICATIONS 4 5 Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: 6 7 Penetration Application Sleeve Type Sleeve Seal Required Exterior walls above grade Cast Iron Yes Exterior walls below grade Cast Iron Yes Concrete slab on grade Cast Iron Yes Concrete slab above grade Black Steel Pipe No Interior partitions, fire-rated Black Steel Pipe No Interior partitions, non-fire-rated Black Steel Pipe or Galvanized Sheet Metal Sleeve No 8 9 SLEEVE INSTALLATION 10 11 Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. 12 13 Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete 14 walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 15 16 Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 17 18 Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches 19 above finished floor level. 20 21 Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. 22 23 Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces 24 and install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe 25 insulation. 26 27 For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular 28 clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 29 30 Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with 31 firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 019913. 32 33 34 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION 35 36 Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into 37 building. 38 39 Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. 40 Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and in-41 stall in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements 42 to expand and make a watertight seal. 43 44 45 46 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230517 - 3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION 1 2 Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. 3 4 Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop 5 flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. 6 7 Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. 8 9 Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. 10 11 12 END OF SECTION 230517 13 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230523-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC General Duty Valves for Hydronic Piping SECTION 230523 – HVAC GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HYDRONIC PIPING 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 RELATED DOCUMENTS 5 6 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 7 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 8 9 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 12 Valve Identification: Provide valves with manufacturer's name (or trademark) and pressure rating clearly marked on 13 valve body. 14 15 ANSI/MSS Compliance: Valves shall comply with Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings 16 Industry, Inc. (ANSI/MSS) standards as referenced hereinafter. Mark valves in accordance with MSS 25. 17 18 ASME Compliance: 19 20 ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 21 22 ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. 23 24 25 SUBMITTALS 26 27 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 28 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 29 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 30 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 31 32 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of 33 valve. 34 35 36 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 37 38 39 GENERAL 40 41 Valve Types: Provide valves of same type, provided by same manufacturer throughout. 42 43 Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. 44 45 Operators: Provide handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter-turn. Provide lever handle for 46 quarter-turn valves 6" and smaller, other than plug valves. Where quarter turn valves are used for balancing 47 purposes, provide memory stops. Where valves 6" and larger are located more than 8 feet AFF, provide chain 48 operators. 49 50 51 HVAC WATER SYSTEMS VALVES 52 53 General: Water systems valves shall be rated at not less than 125 psig WOG at 240-deg. F. 54 55 Valves 2" NPS and smaller: Provide with screw or solder ends to match piping. 56 57 Ball Valves: Valves shall be rated 600 psi non-shock CWP and will have 2-piece cast bronze bodies, TFE 58 seats, full port, separate packnut with adjustable stem packing, anti-blowout stems and chrome-plated 59 brass/bronze ball, and be manufactured to comply with MSS SP110. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230523-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC General Duty Valves for Hydronic Piping PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 VALVE APPLICATION 4 5 Shut-off and isolation valves 2" and smaller shall be ball valves. 6 7 Drain valves shall be 3/4" ball valves with a threaded hose adaptor and cap with chain. 8 9 Blowdown valves from Y-strainers shall be ball valves, full size of blowdown connection. 10 11 12 VALVE INSTALLATION 13 14 Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following requirements: 15 16 Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch 17 lines to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can 18 be provided when necessary. 19 20 Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed 21 downward from horizontal plane. 22 23 Where piping is operating at or below 70°F temperature, valves shall be equipped with stem extensions. 24 Provide a protective sleeve for stem extensions that allows operation of the valve without breaking the vapor seal or 25 disturbing the insulation. 26 27 Where mechanical actuators with chain operators where indicated on the drawings or specified, extend chains to 5' 28 above floor and hook to clips to clear aisle or passage. 29 30 Installation of Check Valves: 31 32 Swing check valves shall be installed in horizontal position, oriented with the direction of flow, with hinge pin 33 horizontally perpendicular to center line of pipe or vertically with upward flow direction. 34 35 Wafer check valves shall be installed on each pump discharge between two flanges in a horizontal or 36 vertical position, oriented for proper direction of flow. 37 38 Install calibrated balancing valves or automatic flow control valves at water coils as indicated on the Drawings. 39 40 41 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 42 43 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 44 45 46 END OF SECTION 230523 47 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230719-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Piping Insulation SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and 14 adhesives) with flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84 15 (NFPA 225) method. 16 17 Exception: Outdoor mechanical insulation may have flame spread index of 75 and smoke developed index 18 of 150. 19 20 21 SUBMITTALS 22 23 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 24 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 25 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 26 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 27 28 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of 29 mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, k-value, thickness, and furnished 30 accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. 31 32 Samples: Submit, as requested by A-E, manufacturer's sample of each piping insulation type required. Affix label to 33 sample completely describing product. 34 35 36 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 37 38 39 PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS 40 41 Closed Cell, Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Flexible elastomeric, closed cell, thermal insulation in accordance with 42 ASTM C534, Type I, preformed tubes, black in color, rated for piping temperatures to 220 degrees F. Insulation shall 43 be AP/Armaflex or equivalent. 44 45 46 PART 3 - EXECUTION 47 48 49 Classification Type 3A Piping: Insulate the following cold HVAC piping systems: 50 51 Cooling coil condensate drain piping. 52 53 Condensate drain piping within mechanical equipment rooms, and chilled water air separators and 54 compression/expansion tanks may be insulated with 1” thick flexible elastomeric insulation. 55 56 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230719-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Piping Insulation GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1 2 For Classification Type 1 and 2 piping, do not insulate valves, strainers, unions, etc. unless indicated 3 hereinafter. For Classification Type 3 piping, install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, 4 unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise 5 indicated. 6 7 Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids 8 throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. 9 Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe 10 system as specified in insulation system schedules. 11 12 Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered sections made from same material and density as 13 adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill 14 joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour 15 that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 16 17 Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as 18 used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with 19 tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 20 21 Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness 22 as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe 23 insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve 24 stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 25 26 Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation 27 by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 28 29 Install removable insulation covers for valves and piping specialties and where indicated on the Drawings. 30 Installation shall conform to the following: 31 32 Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on 33 adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 34 35 Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part 36 section on the vertical center line of valve body. 37 38 Install insulation accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that 39 do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. Install insulation with 40 longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. 41 42 Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Do not weld pins, clips, or other 43 insulation attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. 44 45 Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. 46 47 Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by 48 insulation material manufacturer. 49 50 Install insulation with least number of joints practical. 51 52 Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and 53 other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230719-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Piping Insulation Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments: 1 2 At pipe hangers and supports, protect the insulation from compression as follows: 3 4 Piping Classification Type 1A, 2, and 3 shall be insulated with cellular glass piping insulation for the 5 length of the insulation shield specified in Section 230529. Insulation vapor barrier shall be lapped 6 and sealed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to maintain continuous vapor barrier 7 integrity. 8 9 Piping Classification Type 1B, 1C, and/or 1D shall have piping insulation and jacket cut to butt the 10 piping saddle specified in Section 230529. Saddle shall rest directly on the hanger. 11 12 Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with 13 adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 14 15 Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to 16 protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. 17 18 For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of 19 attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to 20 structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 21 22 Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film 23 thicknesses. 24 25 Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 26 27 Draw jacket tight and smooth. 28 29 Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. 30 31 Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 32 33 Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom 34 of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along 35 edge at 2 inches o.c. 36 37 For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 38 39 Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to 40 maintain vapor seal. 41 42 Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to 43 pipe flanges and fittings. 44 45 Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. 46 47 Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal 48 movement. 49 50 Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 51 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 52 53 Outdoor piping shall be covered by vapor barrier and exterior (weatherproofing) jacket as soon as possible after the 54 insulation has been installed. All polyisocyanurate and/or polystyrene materials applied in one day shall have their 55 vapor barrier installed the same day. Any exposed insulation shall be temporarily protected with a combination 56 moisture and UV barrier (such as 6 mil black polyethylene film) to keep out moisture. Mastics shall not be applied 57 with the ambient air temperature is below 40 F or is expected to be below 40 F within 24 hours of the application. 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230719-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Piping Insulation INSULATION INSTALLATION AT PENETRATIONS 1 2 Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 3 4 Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 5 6 For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint 7 sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications 8 tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 9 10 Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 11 12 Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. 13 14 Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing 15 sealant. 16 17 Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 18 19 Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 20 21 For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint 22 sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications 23 tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 24 25 Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 26 27 Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. 28 29 Interior Wall, Partition, and Floor Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through walls, partitions, and floors. 30 Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies complying with requirements of Section 019913 for firestopping and 31 fire-resistive joint sealers. 32 33 34 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION 35 36 Flexible elastomeric insulation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written installation 37 instructions. 38 39 Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 40 41 Install un-slit insulation sections to the maximum extent possible. Seal butt joints with manufacturer's 42 recommended adhesive. 43 44 Where slit insulation sections must be used, seal longitudinal seams and butt joints with manufacturer's 45 recommended adhesive. Secure slit sections on both sides of each fitting and 12" o.c. on straight pipe 46 or tubing runs with 2" wide, 1/8" thick insulation tape matching the adjacent insulation. The use of 47 metal bands, plastic bands, and wire are prohibited. 48 49 Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 50 51 Fabricate mitered sections of pipe insulation as fitting covers. 52 53 On soldered, brazed, or buttwelded joint fittings, insulation that fits the adjacent piping may be 54 used. 55 56 For screwed or socket weld joint fittings, the insulation inside diameter shall match the outside 57 diameter of the adjacent piping. Fitting covers shall lap adjacent piping insulation by at least 1". 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230719-5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Piping Insulation Secure insulation materials and seal longitudinal seams and butt joints with manufacturer's recommended 1 adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 2 3 Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 4 5 Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 6 7 When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve 8 body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing 9 insulation. 10 11 Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 12 13 Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal longitudinal seams and butt joints with manufacturer's 14 recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being 15 insulated. 16 17 Insulation installed outdoors shall be painted with two coats of UV-inhibiting coating recommended by the insulation 18 manufacturer. 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 230719 22 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230913-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC SECTION 230913 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section. 9 10 11 SUBMITTALS 12 13 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 14 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 15 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 16 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 17 18 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for all components 19 including the following to demonstrate compliance with the contract documents: 20 21 Catalog cut sheets of all equipment used. This includes, but is not limited to sensors, actuators, valves, and 22 dampers. 23 24 Catalog cut sheets of air measuring stations used for the volumetric control system. Include as a separate 25 volumetric control section velocity transmitters, static pressure transmitters, and flow chart for sequence of 26 operation. 27 28 As applicable, control air supply components and sizing computations for compressors, receivers, and main 29 air piping. 30 31 Operation and Maintenance (O/M) Manuals: See Section 019913 for requirements. O/M manuals shall include the 32 following, at a minimum, elements: 33 34 General description and specifications for all sensors and final control elements. 35 36 Complete troubleshooting procedures and guidelines for all sensors and final control elements. 37 38 Documentation of all required maintenance and repair/replacement procedures. 39 40 41 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 42 43 44 ELECTRONIC SENSORS 45 46 General: Provide all remote sensors and instrumentation as required for the control system. All sensors shall have 47 accuracies as stated hereinafter. Electronic sensors shall include integral transmitter and provide input analog input 48 signal as either 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC over the full range specified below. 49 50 Sensor Accuracy and Range: Each electronic sensor shall have accuracy and range as follows: 51 52 Sensed/Measured Variable Sensor Characteristics Required Measurement Accuracy Range Space Temperature ±1°F +50°F- +85°F Relative Humidity (indoor air) ±5% RH 20% - 80% RH 53 54 55 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230913-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC Temperature Sensors: 1 2 Space Sensors: Space sensors shall be negative temperature coefficient thermistor type within wall-3 mounted enclosures with blank covers and no temperature display. No setpoint adjustment by occupants 4 shall be provided. Select thermistor resistance and temperature/resistance curve for maximum accuracy in 5 the range of 50-100 deg F. 6 7 Indoor Air Relative Humidity Sensors: Analog type with polymer element for comfort conditions monitoring and 8 platinum element for critical areas including laboratories, hospital procedure rooms, etc. Space sensors shall have 9 blank covers and no humidity display and no setpoint adjustment unless specifically indicated on the drawings. Duct 10 sensors shall meet the requirements specified below for outdoor relative humidity sensors. 11 12 13 ELECTRIC CONTROLS ELEMENTS 14 15 Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24-V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch type, with adjustable or 16 fixed anticipation heater, concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum 17 differential. 18 19 Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-switch or 20 equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical rating; with concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 21 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. 22 23 Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded conductors. 24 Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto. 25 26 Remote-Bulb Thermostats: On-off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for changes in ambient 27 temperature; with copper capillary and bulb, unless otherwise indicated. 28 Bulbs in water lines with separate wells of same material as bulb. 29 30 Bulbs in air ducts with flanges and shields. 31 32 Averaging Elements: Copper tubing with either single- or multiple-unit elements, extended to cover full width 33 of duct or unit; adequately supported. 34 35 Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and adjustable from front of instrument. 36 37 On-Off Thermostat: With precision snap switches and with electrical ratings required by application. 38 39 Modulating Thermostats: Construct so complete potentiometer coil and wiper assembly is removable for 40 inspection or replacement without disturbing calibration of instrument. 41 42 43 FINAL CONTROL ELEMENTS AND OPERATORS: 44 45 Control Dampers: Provide dampers with parallel blades for 2- position control, opposed blades for modulating 46 control. Dampers shall be in accordance with Section 233300. 47 48 Control Valves: 49 50 Valve bodies shall be designed for not be less than 125 psig working pressure or 150% of the operating 51 pressure, whichever is greater. Class 125 bronze body valves and Class 150 stainless steel valves shall 52 comply with ASTM B16.5. Cast iron components shall meet the requirements of ASTM A126, Class B. 53 54 Select and size control valves as hereinafter specified and submit complete valve selection list with shop 55 drawings. 56 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230913-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC Damper and Valve Operator/Actuators: Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, all actuators shall have fail-safe 1 operation via a mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on non-spring-return 2 actuators. 3 4 Electronic Damper and Valve Operator/Actuator: Shall be direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 5 full-stroke cycles at rated torque. 6 7 For valves, size actuator for torque required for valve tight close at pressure hereinbefore specified. 8 9 For dampers, size actuator for running torque calculated as follows: 10 11 Parallel-Blade Dampers: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. 12 13 Opposed-Blade Dampers: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. 14 15 Dampers with Face Velocities exceeding 1000 fpm: Increase running torque by 2.0. 16 17 Couplings shall be V-bolt and V-shaped, with toothed cradle. 18 19 Provide electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry. 20 21 Actuator shall operate with proportional input signal of 2-10 VDC or 4 to 20 Ma. 22 23 Rated temperature operating range for actuators shall be -20 deg F to +120 deg F for conventional 24 applications and -20 to +250 deg F for smoke or fire/smoke damper application. 25 26 Actuator full stroke time requirement shall not exceed 12 seconds to open or 5 seconds to 27 close when applied to control smoke dampers or cooling tower bypass valves. 28 29 Electric Two-Position Damper Operator/Actuator: Provide a bi-directional, 120-VAC operator with spring 30 return, size actuator for running torque calculated as follows: 31 32 Parallel-Blade Dampers: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. 33 34 Opposed-Blade Dampers: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. 35 36 Dampers with Face Velocities exceeding 1000 fpm: Increase running torque by 2.0. 37 38 Position Indicator: Actuators shall be provided with a compact, adjustable visual position indicator attached 39 to the actuator. As a damper or valve is cycled, the position indicator shall rotate, causing a cylinder to 40 rotate inside a second cylinder with "display windows." When the damper or valve is open, the word "OPEN" 41 shall be displayed in the two windows located 180° apart. When the damper or valve is closed, the word 42 "CLOSED" shall be displayed. Between the two extremes, the display shall be scaled in degrees (0-90). 43 44 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION 46 47 48 INSTALLATION 49 50 Sensors and Controls: 51 52 Permanently mark terminal blocks for identification. Protect all circuits to avoid interruption of service due to 53 short-circuiting or other conditions. Line-protect all wiring that comes from external sources to the site from 54 lightning and static electricity. 55 56 Label or code each field wire at each end. Permanently label or code each point of all field terminal strips to 57 show the instrument or item served. Color-coded cable with cable diagrams may be used to accomplish 58 cable identification. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230913-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC Temperature Sensors: 1 2 Install all sensors and instrumentation according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Temperature sensor 3 locations shall be readily accessible, permitting quick replacement and servicing of them without special 4 skills and tools. 5 6 All wires attached to sensors shall be air sealed in their conduits or in the wall to stop air transmitted from 7 other areas affecting sensor reading. 8 9 Actuators: 10 11 Mount damper and valve actuators according to manufacturer’s written instructions. 12 13 Damper actuators shall be located outside of the airstream. 14 15 Check operation of damper/actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates damper smoothly 16 throughout stroke to both open and closed position. 17 18 Check operation of valve/actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates valve smoothly in both 19 open and closed position. 20 21 22 FIELD TEST AND INSPECTIONS 23 24 Upon completion of installation of each sensor or final control element, field inspect and mechanically and electrically 25 test for proper function. 26 27 28 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 29 30 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 31 32 33 END OF SECTION 230913 34 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC SECTION 230923 – EXTENSION OF EXISTING DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section. 9 10 Section 230913, which specifies the requirements for sensors, devices, actuators, and final control elements 11 utilized by the DDC system. 12 13 Section 230924, which specifies the requirements for original equipment manufacturer (OEM) controllers/ 14 gateways provided under Division 23. 15 16 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 19 Single Source Responsibility of Supplier: The controls system sub-contractor shall be responsible for the 20 complete installation and proper operation of the control system. The sub-contractor shall be in the regular and 21 customary business of design, installation and service of computer-based building environmental control systems 22 similar in size and complexity to the system specified. The sub-contractor shall be the manufacturer of the 23 primary DDC system components or shall have been the authorized representative for the primary DDC 24 components manufacturer for at least 5 years. The sub-contractor must be licensed as an “unlimited electrical 25 contractor” in the state in which the Project is constructed, shall have a factory-certified trainer on staff, and 26 provide 5 day per week local technical support. Submit documentation of these sub-contractor 27 qualifications to the A-E for review. 28 29 Equipment and Materials: Equipment and materials shall be cataloged products of manufacturers regularly 30 engaged in production and installation of HVAC control systems. Products shall be manufacturer's latest 31 standard design and have been tested and proven in actual use. 32 33 34 GUARANTEE PERIOD SERVICES 35 36 Maintenance of Control Hardware: The Contractor shall inspect, repair, replace, adjust, and calibrate, as 37 required, the file server/workstation(s), associated peripheral equipment, and control units. The Contractor shall 38 then furnish a report describing the status of the equipment, problem areas (if any) noticed during service work, 39 and description of the corrective actions taken. The report shall clearly certify that all software is functioning 40 correctly. 41 42 Maintenance of Control Software: The Contractor shall maintain all software. In addition, all factory or sub-43 vendor upgrades to software shall be added to the systems, when they become available, at no additional cost to 44 the Owner. 45 46 Service Period: Routine system service shall be provided on a monthly basis for the first six (6) months of the 47 guarantee period and at least every three months during the second six (6) months. Calls for service by the 48 Owner shall be honored within 24 hours and are not to be considered as part of routine maintenance. 49 50 Service Documentation: A copy of the service report associated with each routine service visit or Owner-initiated 51 service call shall be provided to the Owner and the A-E with 10 days after the date of each service call. 52 53 54 SUBMITTALS 55 56 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection 57 of this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 58 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 59 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate dimensions, 1 capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for materials, and installation and 2 startup instructions for each type of product indicated. 3 4 DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number, and 5 other relevant technical data. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, 6 control units, communicating thermostats, transducers/ transmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays/switches, 7 control panels, operator interface equipment, etc. 8 9 DDC System Software: 10 11 Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics, and other third-12 party applications. 13 14 List of graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses, output 15 schedule, and operator notations. 16 17 Controlled Systems: 18 19 Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of 20 field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 21 22 Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number for each controlled 23 system 24 25 Schematic diagrams of each controlled system with control points labeled and control elements 26 graphically shown, with wiring and termination labels. 27 28 Details of control panel faces, including controls, instruments, and labeling. 29 30 Written sequences of operation. The sequence shall include reference to schematic diagram(s) that 31 is/are applicable. Include "on/off" and "occupied/unoccupied" schedules, as applicable for each 32 controlled system. 33 34 Schedule of software interlocks between HVAC equipment or components. Include any "groupings" of 35 controlled systems that may be used to initiate on/off control of any other controlled system. 36 37 Schedule of dampers including size, leakage, and flow characteristics. 38 39 Schedule of valves including flow characteristics. 40 41 DDC System Hardware: 42 43 Wiring diagrams for control units and communicating thermostats, with termination numbers. 44 45 Schematic diagrams and floor plans for field sensors and control hardware. 46 47 Schematic diagrams for control, communication, and power wiring, showing trunk data 48 conductors and wiring between operator workstation and control unit locations. 49 50 Scaled drawings showing mounting, routing, and wiring of elements including bases and 51 special construction. 52 53 Graphic Displays: Include color prints or "screen shots" of each proposed graphic display proposed, complete 54 with clear indication of (1) static components and dynamic components and (2) "on"/"off"/"alarm" condition 55 designation convention. 56 57 Samples for Initial Selection: For each color available for each type of thermostat, sensor, etc. cover exposed to 58 view with factory-applied color finishes. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Data Communications Protocol Certificates: 1 2 For extension of an existing DDC system that utilizes the BACnet communications protocol, certify that 3 each proposed DDC system component complies with ASHRAE Standard 135-2012 and is BACnet 4 Laboratory tested and certified. 5 6 For extension of an existing DDC system that utilizes LonWorks technology using CEA-709.1-C as the 7 communications protocol, each proposed DDC system component shall be certified by LonMark 8 International. 9 10 Closeout Submittals: 11 12 Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in 13 emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section 14 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 15 16 Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device and compressed-air 17 station. 18 19 Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices. 20 21 Keyboard illustrations and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function. 22 Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration tolerances. 23 24 Calibration records and list of set points. 25 26 Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Include the following: 27 28 Software operating and upgrade manuals. 29 30 Program Software Backup: On a magnetic media or compact disc, complete with data files. 31 32 Device address list. 33 34 Printout of software application and graphic screens. 35 36 Software license required by and installed for DDC workstations and control systems. 37 38 39 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 40 41 42 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 43 44 Control system shall be an extension of the existing Siemens Control Cystem. 45 46 Provide extension to the Owner’s existing direct digital control system utilizing the Owner's network system 47 consisting of existing server, LAN/WAN, and server-resident network software. 48 49 Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other 50 apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking 51 environment on a token-passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems. 52 53 54 JOB CONDITIONS (ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OF OPERATION) 55 56 LAN hardware shall be designed to operate in ambient conditions of 65 to 90 degrees F at a relative humidity of 57 20 to 80 percent, non-condensing. 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Digital control equipment shall comply with the following: 1 2 Digital control equipment shall be designed to operate in ambient conditions of 35 to 120 degrees F at a 3 relative humidity of 0 to 95 percent non-condensing. 4 5 Control units as hereinafter specified shall operate properly with power fluctuations of plus 15 percent to 6 minus 10 percent of nominal supply voltage. 7 8 Electric and electronic equipment shall be properly mounted and organized in a grounded and Listed NEMA 1 9 cabinet (panel). Cabinets or enclosures shall protect equipment from dust, liquids or accidental blows. 10 11 12 NETWORK COMPONENTS 13 14 Via either direct or web browser access, the following functions shall be provided: 15 16 Global Data Access: The server shall provide complete access to distributed data defined anywhere in 17 the system. 18 19 Distributed Control: The server shall provide the ability to execute global control strategies based on 20 control and data objects in any control unit. 21 22 Network Software: Software shall be upgraded as necessary to include the following capabilities: 23 24 I/O capability from any network operator workstation or through a browser. The system operator 25 interface shall be an easy to use, self-guiding, menu-penetration, windowing approach. Key features 26 that shall be included in the interface are as follows: 27 28 Object/point descriptions used for applications such as graphics, reports, alarms, etc. shall be 29 same as the object/point name as specified above. 30 31 Engineering units shall be the English ("inch-pound") system. 32 33 Interactive operation and help messages. 34 35 Organization of points into logical groups or “systems” and an information penetration scheme 36 that provides quick and simple method for maintenance staff to determine HVAC conditions 37 and problems at any school, as follows: 38 39 Initial facility information display will be one or more graphic "floor plans" that include 40 basic site information and specific room by room data. Each of these data points are 41 displayed as "hot buttons" so that selecting any data display takes the user to next, 42 more detailed information level. The floor plan display(s) shall provide display of 43 room numbers, along with temperature, humidity, CO2, occupancy, etc. conditions in 44 each space. Designation of the HVAC terminal unit, air unit, and/or system serving 45 each space shall also displayed and selecting that hot button shall take the operator 46 to the detailed system points display for that terminal unit, air unit, and/or system 47 serving the room. 48 49 At the HVAC system, subsystem, or component level, a graphical display or "tree 50 structure" structure display may be utilized, as selected by the user. 51 52 Site information shall include direct hot button links to primary heating and cooling 53 systems. (For example, selecting "CHWSTemp" shall take the operator immediately 54 to the graphic or tree structure display of the facility chilled water cooling system, 55 while selecting "HWSTemp" shall lead to the facility hot water heating system.) 56 57 Pictorial representation of data on color graphic terminals with dynamic data. 58 59 Capability to alternate between graphic and text displays for the same logical group. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures of both controlled equipment and 1 control system components. 2 3 Database creation and support. 4 5 Automatic and manual database save and restore. 6 7 Dynamic color graphic displays with multiple screen displays at once. 8 9 Custom graphics generation and graphics library of HVAC equipment and symbols. 10 11 Alarm and event processing. 12 13 Provide audible, visual, and printed means of alarm indication. The alarm dialog box shall al 14 ways become the top dialog box upon receipt of an alarm irrespective of the foreground 15 application. Alarms assigned for printout shall be routed to the destination printer. In addition, 16 alarms shall be capable of being routed to specified personnel by means of pager or mobile 17 telephone. 18 19 User-defined alarm messages shall be generated and delivered in conjunction with the alarm 20 notification. 21 22 Alarms shall be routed to the appropriate destination device(s), based on time and 23 other conditions. An alarm shall be able to initiate sequences, print, be logged in the 24 event log, generate custom messages, and automatically display an associated 25 system graphic. 26 27 Any object in the system shall be configurable to generate alarms on transition in and 28 out of normal state. The operator shall be able to configure the alarm category, alarm 29 limits, alarm limit differentials, states, al arm message, states and reporting actions for 30 each alarm in the system. 31 32 Minimum alarm categories required are notification, maintenance, critical and 33 security. 34 Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. 35 36 Data collection, reports, and logs. Include standard reports for the following: 37 38 Current values of all objects. 39 40 Current alarm summary. 41 42 Disabled objects. 43 44 Alarm lockout objects. 45 46 Logs: 47 48 Retrieve and display default logs, including "all points log", "system points log", "alarm 49 log", etc. 50 51 Create, retrieve, and display trend logs, in real time, of historical object data stored in 52 remote CUs. 53 54 Maintain trend log files saved to hard disk for subsequent use in 55 spreadsheet or database programs. 56 57 Dynamically graph the trend logged object data by creating two-axis (x, y) 58 graphs that simultaneously display values relative to time for up to eight 59 objects in different colors. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-6 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC It shall be possible to trend log any number of points at least equal to twice 1 the number of connected physical points. Any object in the system (physical 2 or calculated) may be logged. 3 4 Once established, trend logs shall continue until deleted by user. Data 5 storage sufficient for at least 30 days shall be provided for each trend log. 6 7 Custom report development. 8 9 Utility and weather reports. 10 11 Application editors for controllers and schedules. 12 13 14 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL UNITS 15 16 General: Multiple digital control units (CUs) shall be provided. CUs shall be fully field programmable and the 17 use of firmware-based application specific controllers is prohibited. All control functions shall be resident 18 in the CUs, including those involved in building-wide strategies. 19 20 Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random-access memory; 21 local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source. 22 23 Control units shall fully comply with the system architecture and communication requirements specified 24 hereinbefore. 25 26 Units shall monitor or control each I/O point; process information; execute commands from other control 27 units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic 28 terminal unit. 29 30 Stand-alone mode control functions shall operate regardless of network status. Functions include the 31 following: 32 33 Global communications. 34 35 Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse I/O. 36 37 Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. 38 39 Software applications, scheduling, and alarm processing. 40 41 Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled 42 environment. 43 44 Provide local operator interface to provide for download from or upload to operator workstation or 45 diagnostic terminal unit. 46 47 Standard Application Programs: 48 49 Electric Control Programs: Demand limiting, duty cycling, automatic time scheduling, start/stop time 50 optimization, night setback/setup, on-off control with differential sequencing, staggered start, anti-short 51 cycling, P/PI/PID control as hereinafter, DDC with fine tuning, and trend logging. 52 53 HVAC Control Programs: Optimal run time, supply-air reset, and enthalpy switchover. 54 55 Chiller Control Programs: Control function of condenser-water reset, chilled-water reset, and equipment 56 sequencing. 57 58 Programming Application Features: Include trend point; alarm processing and messaging; weekly, 59 monthly, and annual scheduling; energy calculations; run-time totalization; and security access. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-7 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Remote communications. 1 2 Maintenance management. 3 4 Units of Measure: Inch-pound. 5 6 Local operator interface to provide for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic 7 terminal unit. 8 9 Control Modes: Control loops shall be able to utilize any of the following control modes: 10 11 Two position (e.g., on-off, slow-fast) 12 13 Proportional (P), proportional plus integral (PI), or roportional plus integral plus derivative (PID), applied 14 as follows: 15 16 Controlled Variable Control Mode Space Temperature P Humidity P (PI throttling range is less than 5%) 17 For any unlisted application, the control mode shall be as approved by the A-E. 18 19 I/O Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that 20 shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 21 22 Digital (Binary) Inputs: Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power. 23 24 Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 25 26 Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low-voltage (0- to 10-V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance 27 signals. 28 29 Digital (Binary) Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low-voltage signal, selectable for normally open or 30 normally closed operation with three-position (on-off-auto) override switches and status lights. 31 32 Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10-V dc) or current (4 to 20 33 mA) with status lights, two-position (auto-manual) switch, and manually adjustable potentiometer. 34 35 Tri-State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three-point, floating-type 36 electronic actuators. 37 38 Universal I/Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. 39 40 Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads 41 to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be 42 full-wave rectifier type with the following: 43 44 Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 45 46 Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load 47 changes. 48 49 Built-in over-voltage and over-current protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at 50 least 3 seconds without failure. 51 52 Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers 53 with the following: 54 55 Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V. 56 57 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-8 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 1 2 Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB. 3 4 Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz. 5 6 Diagnostic Devices: Each CU shall be supplied with connections to which Owner’s maintenance personnel can 7 connect portable diagnostic operator’s terminals (PDOTs) for data display, setpoint modification, and reloading 8 and modification of controller programs. 9 10 Spare Equipment: Provide spare control unit boards and spare I/O boards as required. It shall be possible for 11 trained Owner personnel to replace CU boards and load software via a workstation or PDOT: 12 13 Provide two spare control unit boards. If power supplies are separate, supply separate power supplies 14 and other parts to make at least two complete sets of DDC control equipment spares. 15 16 If I/O boards are separate from the CU boards, provide four spare I/O boards for each spare CU board 17 provided above. 18 19 Control Functions: All control functions shall execute within the standalone control units via DDC algorithms. The 20 operator shall be able to customize control strategies and sequences of operations defining the appropriate 21 control loop algorithms and choosing the optimum loop parameters. Each CU shall include the following 22 standalone functions: 23 24 Direct Digital Control algorithms and control sequences are to be CU resident and be capable of 25 standalone operation. All DDC programs shall be custom written as required to meet the performance 26 criteria spelled out in the sequence of operation paragraphs for each controlled mechanical system. 27 PID control mode shall be employed as appropriate to the application and per sequences or operation. 28 29 Enable/Disable: All CU resident DDC programs shall be capable of being enabled or disabled from any 30 workstation. In the enable mode all DDC loops shall be active and output signals shall be routed to the 31 final control elements. In the disable mode all DDC loop calculations shall continue but outputs to 32 actuators shall be suppressed. (When disabled, control outputs shall stay in the same state or position 33 as commanded from the central or until they are manually set to automatic.) 34 35 Integral Windup Prevention: To eliminate integral windup, all PID programs shall automatically invoke 36 integral windup prevention routines whenever the controlled unit is off, under manual control or under 37 control of an system or time initiated program, or when the controlled unit is in the process or starting or 38 stopping. 39 40 Default Value Operation: All CUs shall be capable of being programmed to utilize stored default values for 41 assured fail-safe operation of critical processes. Default values shall be invoked upon sensor failure or, if the 42 primary value is normally provided by the central or another CU, by loss of bus communication. Individual 43 application software packages shall be structured to assume a fail-safe condition upon loss of input sensors. 44 Loss of an input sensor shall result in output of a sensor-failed message at the central control and command 45 station. Each CU shall have capability for local readouts of all functions. 46 47 48 APPLICATION SOFTWARE 49 50 Provide the following programs in addition to control algorithms defined on the drawings: 51 52 Scheduling: Provide a calendar format for annual time-of-day scheduling for equipment operation, trending, 53 logging and reports, etc. Provide the following minimum features: 54 55 Day-type schedules (Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday, Holiday, 56 Pre-Holiday day, Vacation day, Special Day, etc., 24 hours per day) 57 58 Monthly schedules (allow individual assignment of day types to each day of the month). 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-9 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Yearly schedules (allow schedules to be applied on an annual basis and be edited and re-applied to a 1 following year). 2 3 Provide user-defined "on-off" schedules as specified assignable to an individual HVAC system, 4 subsystem, and/or component. This schedule shall dictate the starting and stopping times, on a daily 5 basis, of the designated systems and components. 6 7 Provide user-defined "occupied-unoccupied" schedules as specified above for operation of each fan coil 8 unit, blower coil unit, air-handling unit, ventilation air system, etc. This schedule shall dictate the 9 opening and closing of ventilation air dampers, the starting and stopping of exhaust fans associated 10 with each unit, the operation of make-up air units, etc., on a daily basis, so that ventilation air is 11 provided only during the specific periods during which the area served is occupied. 12 13 Temporary override of above schedules shall be allowed by operators with access levels as specified 14 above. A temporary override shall (1) extend hours of use of HVAC systems, subsystems, and/or 15 components up to midnight on weekdays and (2) allow use of HVAC systems, subsystems, and/or 16 components during scheduled "off" periods for a maximum of 12 hours. When an override use period 17 terminates, the temporary override time(s) shall be voided and affected HVAC elements shall return to 18 their normal schedules. 19 20 When multiple motors associated with an HVAC are commanded "on" at the same time, the individual 21 DDC start commands shall be staggered by 5 second intervals to second intervals to minimize inrush 22 current. 23 24 Alarm Initiation and Response: 25 26 All AI points shall have user-defined upper and/or lower condition limits. If user-defined limits are not 27 defined, default limits shall be initially set as follows: 28 29 Space temperature 5ºF below low setpoint of comfort zone or 30 5ºF above high setpoint of comfort zone 31 Space humidity ≥5% RH above setpoint 32 33 Monitor and display "status" (on/off, high/low, open/closed, etc.) of each DI point. Motor on/off status 34 shall be indicated by current sensing relays with field-adjustable trigger point to provide DI "switch", as 35 hereinafter specified. 36 37 Monitor and display condition of each AO point (valve or damper percent open, motor speed percent of 38 full speed, etc.) 39 40 41 CABLING AND WIRING 42 43 DDC Cabling: Cabling between buildings shall be fiber optic. Network cabling within buildings shall be 44 shielded twisted pair or fiber optic. Cabling or wiring between control units and I/O point devices shall be as 45 follows: 46 47 Application Cable/Wire Type and Min. Gauge (AWG) Digital Input Wiring 24 gauge, twisted pair Analog Input Wiring 24 gauge, shielded twisted pair Digital Output Wiring 24 gauge stranded for 24V 18 gauge stranded for 120V Analog Output Wiring 24 gauge, twisted pair 48 Data Cable: 49 50 Twisted shielded cables shall have FFEP insulation in thermoplastic jacket, with #24 AWG stranded 51 conductors, minimum. Shield shall be tinned, soft-copper strands formed into a braid or equivalent foil. 52 Shielding coverage on conductors shall not be less than 100 percent. 53 54 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-10 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Multimode fiber optic cables shall be 62.5/125 micron Class Ia Graded Index Multimode Optical Fiber, 1 OFNR, OFNP, Outdoor or Indoor / Outdoor (I/O) NEC Rating, FDDI Compliant. 2 3 Coating Diameter: 250 Microns 4 5 Core Eccentricity: 7.5% maximum (1.5% typical) 6 7 Numerical aperture: .275 plus or minus .015 8 9 Attenuation: 3.5 dB/km @ 850 NM / 1.50 dB/km @ 1300 NM 10 11 Bandwidth: 160 MHz at 850 NM / 500 MHz @ 1300 NM 12 13 Fiber connectors: ST .75 dB maximum insertion loss 14 15 Cable bend radius: 10 times diameter 16 17 Single mode fiber optic cables shall be 8.3/125 micron Class IVa Dispersion-Unshifted Single-mode 18 Optical Fiber, OFNR, OFNP, Outdoor or Indoor / Outdoor (I/O) NEC Rating, FDDI Compliant. 19 20 Coating Diameter: 250 Microns 21 22 Core Eccentricity: 7.5% maximum 23 (1.5% typical) 24 25 Attenuation: 0.5 dB/km @ 1310 NM/1550 NM 26 27 Zero dispersion wavelength 1300 -1320 NM 28 29 Cable bend radius: 10 times diameter 30 31 Control and Interlock Wiring: All 24V-120V control and interlock wiring shall comply with Section 230511 and the 32 following: 33 34 Conductors: 35 36 All wire and conducting components shall be THWN standed copper. 37 38 Conductors shall be continuous from device to device and no splices shall be made except 39 within device or junction boxes. Wire nuts and crimp slices are prohibited. 40 41 Control wiring shall be color-coded in accordance with reviewed submittals. 42 43 Where conductors pass through a junction box or connect to a device, the conductor and the 44 box shall be tagged to indicate the circuit and/or terminal number shown on the submittal 45 drawings. 46 47 Raceway: Provide electrical metallic tubing (EMT), minimum 3/4" size. Fittings shall be steel insulated 48 throat compression type. Set screw fittings, fittings constructed of alloys of aluminum or fittings 49 of the indenter type are prohibited. Flexible metallic raceway may be utilized for the last 24" up to the 50 connection point for devices, sensors, etc. 51 52 Routing of Raceway: Exposed raceway shall line up work true to adjacent surfaces and be placed in a 53 workmanlike manner. Raceway shall be run at right angles to building lines; this requirement does not 54 apply to raceway located below concrete placed as a part of this project. Raceway shall be sturdily 55 supported and separated in a manner satisfactory to the A/E; raceway shall not be supported by the 56 ceiling grid or ceiling grid support wires. In general, all raceway is to be concealed and routed 57 overhead, below the floor, or in walls except in electrical or mechanical equipment rooms. Raceway in 58 such rooms may be surface mounted. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-11 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Device Boxes: Device boxes for use in sheetrock or paneled surfaces shall be of galvanized steel, 4 1 inches square of a depth necessary to contain the intended device(s) and associated conductors. 2 Boxes shall be sized to have no less than the minimum volume as required by the NEC. Boxes must be 3 flush mounted and accommodate device(s) and all wires and connections without crowding. Boxes 4 shall be furnished with a suitable plaster ring of the depth required to match the wall (or ceiling) 5 material. Where the surface material or covering is combustible the front edge of the plaster ring shall 6 be absolutely flush with the surface. Where the wall material is non-combustible, the front of the plaster 7 must be recessed into the wall no further than 3/16 inch. Device boxes for flush mounted use in 8 masonry walls shall be of the concrete tight masonry type sized for the number of device(s) and 9 conductors. In locations where surface mounting of device boxes is permitted on masonry walls, 10 provide 1/2 inch raised cover and suitable plaster ring. 11 12 Junction Boxes: Junction boxes shall be of galvanized steel of size, type, and shape for intended use 13 and having adequate volume as required by NEC. All junction boxes shall be concealed unless 14 specifically permitted elsewhere in these Specifications or on the Drawings. Boxes must be supported 15 from the building structure without dependence on support of conduit, fixture support wires, ceiling 16 support wires, or similar items. 17 18 Device and/or Junction Box Wall Penetrations: All wall penetrations at device or equipment locations 19 must be protected in such a manner that the fire rating of the wall is maintained. It is the 20 responsibility of the Contractor to assure that fire and smoke integrity of all walls is maintained 21 at all penetration points. 22 23 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 26 EXISTING DDC SYSTEM/COMPONENTS DEMOLITION 27 28 Where an existing DDC system is required to be removed to provide for installation of a new DDC system, 29 careful attention to demolition and salvage is required. All existing DDC components, including but not limited to 30 controllers, sensors, valve and damper operators, etc. shall be removed without damage and turned over to 31 the Owner. 32 33 Thermostats and sensors containing mercury shall be disposed in accordance with EPA Resource Conservation 34 and Recovery Act (RCRA). Contractor shall refer to EPA web site for handling procedures for disposal and spill 35 management of projects containing mercury. 36 37 Remove all abandoned wiring, raceway, and any related items, both exposed and concealed. Where existing 38 raceway is concealed in concrete or masonry, remove wiring as required above and abandon in place. Cut 39 abandoned raceway off ½" into wall, ceiling, or floor to allow patching to completely cover cut off end of raceway. 40 41 Repair surfaces and finishes to match existing surrounding surfaces or finish in all areas where items are 42 removed. After repairs are made no evidence of previous use of surfaces shall be visible. 43 44 Provide touch-up painting as required where new items are installed adjacent to existing items to remain. 45 46 Clean new, damaged, and/or disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats at each 47 location. 48 49 Surface preparation and timing of application of successive coats of paint shall be in accordance with 50 paint manufacturer’s instructions. 51 52 Use zinc-rich paint to repair damage to galvanized finishes. Follow written instructions of paint 53 manufacturer. 54 55 Repair paint finishes for other items, surfaces, or equipment as necessary. Follow written instructions 56 of paint manufacturer. 57 58 Provide blank cover plates to match device plates used in the adjoining areas where outlet, device, junction, or 59 other boxes are to remain, 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-12 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC INTERFACE WITH OEM CONTROLLERS/GATEWAYS 1 2 Section 230924 addresses specific requirements for equipment or subsystem OEM controllers/gateways that 3 must interface with a facility DDC system may be encountered. The OEM is responsible for coordination 4 between the DDC system sub-contractor and OEM unit controls provided to ensure that required control 5 interface is implemented, resulting in full interoperability between OEM unit controls and the DDC system. 6 7 The OEM shall provide a Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) that identifies the particular 8 objects and options specified by BACnet or LonMark, as applicable, that are implemented in the OEM 9 controller/gateway. The controls system sub-contractor shall utilize the information provided by the OEM to 10 correctly interface the DDC system with the OEM controllers/gateways provided and coordinate with the OEM to 11 ensure that the interface provided complies with the information/data provided by the OEM. 12 13 INSTALLATION 14 15 Provide skilled technicians, properly trained and qualified for the work and directed by experienced engineers. 16 17 Except for short apparatus connections, run raceway and pneumatic tubing parallel to or at right angles to the 18 building structure. Conceal raceway and tubing in finished spaces. 19 20 Do not run tubing or raceway concealed under insulation or inside ducts. Mount control devices, tubing and 21 raceway located on ducts or apparatus with external insulation on standoff supports to avoid interference with 22 insulation. 23 24 Run tubing and wire connecting devices on or in control cabinets parallel with the sides of the cabinet neatly 25 racked to permit tracing. Rack connections bridging a cabinet door along the hinge side and protect from 26 damage. Provide grommets, sleeves or vinyl tape to protect plastic tubing or wires from sharp edges of panels, 27 raceway, and other items. 28 29 Cabling and Wiring Installation: 30 31 Raceway: All control cabling and interlock wiring shall be installed in raceway. 32 33 Exception: Where Class 2 wiring is located in concealed and accessible locations, including 34 supply or return air plenums, plenum-rated cables complying with NFPA 262 may be installed 35 without raceway, provided that: 36 37 Circuits meet NFPA 70 Class 2 (current-limited) requirements. 38 39 All cables shall be UL-listed for the application. 40 41 Do not install Class 2 wiring in raceway containing Class 1 wIring. Boxes and panels containing 42 high voltage (120 V+) may not be used for low voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the 43 two via relays, transformers, etc. 44 45 Shielded, twisted pair cable shielding shall be grounded at each connection point. 46 47 Fiber Optic Cable: 48 49 Route all interior cables in raceway within walls and inaccessible ceiling spaces. 50 51 Use nylon bushings at top of conduit where stubbed in accessible ceiling spaces. 52 53 Support all cables using J type hooks where open cable is permitted. 54 55 Route all fiber optic cable in raceway with innerducts. The innerducts shall contain a pull string, 56 if no fiber is pulled at the time of the installation of the duct. 57 58 All conduit where fiber optic cable is installed shall be sized to maintain the manufacturer’s 59 recommended bend radius of fiber optic cables. As a minimum, conduit shall be provided with 60 long radius elbows. 61 62 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-13 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC All cables shall be terminated using appropriate termination equipment. 1 2 Fiber Termination Panels: Provide a rack mountable, modular cabinet capable of terminating 3 up to 24 type ST multimode fiber cables. Panels shall be as manufactured by Ortronics, Amp, 4 Siecor, or Superior. 5 6 Fiber Optic Testing 7 8 Upon completion of the passive optical cable system, the system must be tested to 9 ensure compliance with the design and link loss specifications. The tests include: 10 11 Power Meter Tests: For building risers, power meter tests are required. 12 13 End-to-End Attenuation Testing: Tests shall be completed on each fiber 14 span at both operational wavelengths: 15 16 850/1310 nm multimode 17 18 1550 nm single mode 19 20 Testing in one direction is required. Link attenuation does not include any active 21 devices or passive devices other than cable, connectors and splices (e.g., link 22 attenuation does not include such devices as optical bypass switches, couplers, 23 repeaters, or optical amplifiers. Test results should be retained for inclusion into the 24 documentation package. 25 26 Connector loss readings of each completed connector should be recorded using an 27 OTDR at 850 and 1310 nm in one direction. 28 29 Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) signature traces of each terminated fiber 30 should be recorded at 850 nm and 1310 nm for fiber continuity purposes. OTDR 31 testing is mandatory for runs longer than 2 km. 32 33 Final report shall be compiled which records system configuration, fiber labels, cable 34 routes and “as built” details. Loss measurements with calibrated light source and 35 power meter shall be included. OTDR traces shall also be included when requested 36 in advance. 37 38 Pneumatic Tubing: Metallic tubing is required throughout. Except for short (24” max) flexible tubing final 39 connections to pneumatic operators. 40 41 Exception: Non-metallic tubing may be utilized when operating at 45 psig or less and not more than 125 42 degrees F. Except for short apparatus connections (not exceeding 24” in length), non-metallic tubing in 43 mechanical rooms and other exposed locations shall be protected from mechanical damage by 44 installation in raceway. Provide protective grommet where tubing exits raceway. 45 46 Smoke detectors and/or fan shutdown relays initiated by a fire alarm system shall be integrated into the control 47 system and sequence of operation as indicated and/or required. 48 49 50 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 51 52 Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports after completion of DDC system 53 installation: 54 55 After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and 56 replace malfunctioning units and retest. 57 58 Test and adjust controls and safeties. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-14 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Test pneumatic components, as applicable: 1 2 After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3 4 Pressure test control air piping at 1.5 times the operating pressure for 24 hours, with maximum 5 5-psig loss. 6 7 Test calibration of control units by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with 8 compatible signal generator. 9 10 Test each control point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set 11 points are as required. 12 13 Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. 14 15 Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 16 17 Test software and hardware interlocks. 18 19 DDC Verification: 20 21 Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks. 22 23 Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 24 25 Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other 26 applicable considerations. 27 28 Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support. 29 30 Check installation of air supply for each instrument. 31 32 Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size, and verify that inlet side is 33 identified and that meters are installed correctly. 34 35 Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self-contained pressure 36 regulators. 37 38 Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements. 39 40 Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction. 41 42 Check air-operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade alignment, 43 either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 44 45 Check DDC system as follows: 46 47 Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable. 48 49 Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging 50 system. 51 52 Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided. 53 54 Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges. 55 56 Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures. 57 58 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-15 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC CALIBRATION AND ADJUSTMENT 1 2 General: 3 4 Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and instruction 5 manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being calibrated. 6 7 Control System Inputs and Outputs: 8 9 Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. 10 11 Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output. 12 13 Check digital inputs using jumper wire. 14 15 Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking. 16 17 Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistant 18 source. 19 20 Temperature: 21 22 Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-23 resistance source. 24 25 Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts. 26 27 Stroke of dampers: 28 29 Without positioners, follow the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 30 percent opened and closed. 31 32 With positioners, follow manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 33 positioned at 0%, 50%, and 100% closed. 34 35 Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system. 36 37 Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit 38 procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures. 39 40 Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. 41 42 43 VERIFY FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT FUNCTIONALITY 44 45 Test each final control element operator to ensure performance in accordance with Section 230913 and the 46 control sequences defined on the Drawings. Test shall include full range of movement, stability through that 47 range, and power and/or control signal failure performance. Operators found to be non-functional in any way 48 shall be replaced. 49 50 51 VERIFY OPERATOR AND SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY 52 53 Verify backup system operations and switchovers including redundant processors, backup power supplies, 54 battery backed memories, etc. 55 56 Verify DDC system command software by issuing commands at the operator’s console and observing display, 57 printer output, or HVAC equipment responses. The following software operation shall be verified: 58 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 230923-16 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Extension of Existing Direct Digital Control System for HVAC Software for checking input commands and issuing error messages. Enter various correct and incorrect 1 commands. 2 3 System and point addressing check. Enter command to display I/O data. Verify all data points defined on 4 the drawings and/or required by the specifications. 5 6 Start-stop or enable-disable of HVAC equipment or DDC system control points. Enter commands to 7 start/stop selected HVAC equipment, and to disable and enable selected points. 8 9 Operator override/automatic mode. Enter command to change selected automatic control under DDC 10 system to manual and vice versa. 11 12 Display format. Enter commands to display data and graphics on terminal and graphic display. Check 13 display content for adequacy and clarity as specified. 14 15 Ability to modify, cancel and confirm operator’s commands. Verify by entering commands. 16 17 Set-point adjustment and limiting. Enter commands to adjust set points of controllers and range limits of 18 the controlled media. Verify by display. Also enter commands to adjust set-points outside their range 19 limits. DDC system shall display error messages. 20 21 System access and access level control. Try to log on to system with both incorrect and correct ID codes. 22 Try to enter different commands with different access level of the operators. The responses of the DDC 23 system shall be as specified. 24 25 Start/stop equipment. Enter command to start or stop selected equipment. Also reset time to initiate 26 automatic mode. Verify responses by observation of equipment and DDC system display. 27 28 Change parameter of points. Enter commands to change parameters of selected points such as high and 29 low limit alarms, scale factor, etc. to test the adequacy of software. 30 31 Verify graphic display of each HVAC system and component. Confirm that the graphic is in accordance with the 32 design data and reviewed submittals, includes all data points required, displayed data is correct and in the 33 correct format and units, and changes in point conditions or status are accurately updated. Evaluate the refresh 34 rate of data display. 35 36 Verify report generation (status, profile, energy, etc.) by entering commands to generate reports such as all 37 points, trend, total display of a system, timed display, and other specified reports. Examine the report content for 38 general format, system/point code, time interval of reporting, point status/value/unit, energy amount/rate/unit, 39 status of control and set time (manual or automatic), and other specification required information. 40 41 Check for proper operation of system status reports, including point status reviews which would include 42 information such as points currently in alarm, points removed from alarm checking, points off of scan, 43 etc. 44 45 Test alarm reporting by initiating alarm conditions of different points at different alarm levels in 46 sequence to examine alarm reports. The reports shall show alarm location and device, alarm time, 47 cause of alarm, current status of the point, etc. as required in the specifications. When alarm conditions 48 are removed the printer shall print updated status report. Also verify audible alarm operations in 49 accordance with specification requirements. Then initiate alarm conditions at different levels at the 50 same time to check alarm priority. 51 52 Trending performance shall be tested by creating trend logs for each control sequence and monitoring the trend 53 reports throughout the period that each control sequence is tested. 54 55 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 56 57 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 58 59 END OF SECTION 230923 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 233300-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Air Duct Accessories SECTION 233300 – AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 UL Compliance: 14 15 Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with UL Standard 555, Standard for Fire Dampers. 16 17 Construct, test, and label smoke and combination fire/smoke dampers in accordance with UL Standard 18 555S, Standard for Smoke Dampers. 19 20 Construct, test, and label ceiling radiation dampers in accordance with UL Standard 555C, Standard for 21 Ceiling Dampers. 22 23 NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA 90A and/or NFPA 90B pertaining to installation of 24 ductwork accessories. 25 26 AMCA Compliance: 27 28 Test and rate airflow dampers in accordance with ANSI/AMCA Standard 500-D, Laboratory Methods of 29 Testing Dampers for Rating. 30 31 Test and rate louvers in accordance with AMCA Standard 500-L, Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for 32 Rating. 33 34 35 SUBMITTALS 36 37 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 38 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 39 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 40 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 41 42 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of ductwork accessory, including 43 dimensions, capacities, and materials of construction, and installation instructions. Provide specific instructions for 44 installation of fire and smoke dampers to comply with listed installation arrangement. 45 46 47 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 48 49 50 AIRFLOW DAMPERS 51 52 Low Pressure Manual (Balancing) Dampers: 53 54 Construction: Dampers installed in dishwasher exhaust ductwork, return air ductwork in natatoriums, and in 55 other wet locations shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel, including shafts and hardware exposed 56 to the airstream. All other dampers shall be constructed of G90 galvanized steel with zinc-plated shafts and 57 hardware exposed to the airstream. Single blade or multiblade volume damper shall be constructed in 58 accordance with SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, Figures 7-4 and 7-5. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 233300-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Air Duct Accessories Quadrant Locks: Provide each low pressure balancing damper with a quadrant lock device on one end of 1 shaft, and end bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12". Provide extended quadrant locks 2 and end extended bearing plates for externally insulated ductwork. 3 4 Control Dampers: Provide dampers with parallel blades for 2- position control, opposed blades for modulating 5 control. Dampers shall be constructed of 0.108-inch-minimum thick steel or 0.125-inch-minimum thick, extruded-6 aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch-thick steel with 7 maximum blade width of 8 inches and maximum length of 48 inches. Dampers installed in dishwasher exhaust 8 ductwork, return air ductwork in natatoriums, and in other wet locations shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless 9 steel, including shafts and damper hardware exposed to the airstream. All other dampers shall be constructed of 10 G90 galvanized steel with zinc-plated shafts and hardware exposed to the airstream. 11 12 Secure blades to 1/2-inch-diameter axles with oil-impregnated sintered bronze blade bearings, blade-linkage 13 hardware, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of 14 each blade. 15 16 Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 250 F. 17 18 Edge Seals: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade seals and spring-loaded stainless-19 steel side seals, rated for Leakage Class I according to ANSI/AMCA 500-D. 20 21 22 PART 3 – EXECUTION 23 24 25 INSTALLATION 26 27 Adjust ductwork accessories for proper settings, install fusible links in fire dampers and adjust for proper action. 28 29 30 EXTRA STOCK 31 32 Furnish extra fusible links to Owner, one link for every ten installed of each temperature range; obtain receipt. 33 34 35 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 36 37 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 38 39 40 END OF SECTION 233300 41 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 233423 - 1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Power Ventilators SECTION 233423 – HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY CONTROL 12 13 AMCA Compliance: 14 15 Comply with AMCA performance requirements and bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. 16 17 Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. 18 19 Comply with AMCA 301, Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data. 20 21 Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. 22 23 Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. 24 25 Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings 26 according to AMCA 210/ASHRAE 51, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic 27 Performance Rating. 28 29 UL Compliance: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. 30 31 Acoustic Criteria: HVAC equipment shall be selected and installed to comply with the acoustic criteria defined in 32 Section 230510. 33 34 35 SUBMITTALS 36 37 General: Submittals shall demonstrate compliance with technical requirements by reference to each subsection of 38 this specification. Where a submitted item does not comply fully with each and every requirement of the 39 Specifications, the submittal shall clearly indicate such deviations. Identification requirements for non-complying 40 features of items are very specific. See Section 019913 for exact requirements. 41 42 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for fans, including specifications, capacity 43 ratings, fan performance curves with operating point clearly indicated, gages and finishes of materials, dimensions, 44 weights, accessories furnished, and installation instructions. 45 46 47 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 48 49 50 GENERAL 51 52 Personnel safety screens shall be provided on fan suction and discharge openings except where fans are directly 53 connected to ductwork, are in plenums, or openings are otherwise protected. 54 55 Ferrous metal parts shall be factory prime coated and finish coated with baked enamel protective coating. Nonferrous 56 and galvanized units and components shall not be factory coated. Where indicated, fans shall be provided with 57 factory applied epoxy phenolic coating applied in multiple layers. 58 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 233423 - 2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Power Ventilators POWER VENTILATORS 1 2 HVLS Fan: Provide high velocity, low speed fan suspended from building structure, size capacity, and arrangement 3 as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herin. 4 5 The fan shall be ETL certified and built pursuant to construction guidelines set forth by UL standards 507 6 and CSA standard C22.2 No. 113-08. The fan shall be designed to move an effective amount of air for 7 cooling and destratification, commercial applications. The fan, in operation, shall not disturb other hanging 8 objects 2’ (61 cm) outside of its circumference to a distance of 3’ (91 cm) below its airfoils. The fan shall 9 incorporate a direct drive system designed specifically for high volume, low speed fans to ensure silent 10 operation. The sound levels from the fan operating at maximum speed shall not exceed 40 dBA (measured 11 20’ (6.1 cm) below the blades and 20’ (6.1 cm) horizontally from the center of the fan). 12 13 The fan shall be equipped with ten (10) high volume, low speed airfoils of precision extruded aluminum alloy. 14 Each airfoil shall be of the high performance. The airfoils shall be connected by means of two (2) sets of 15 bolts and lock washers per airfoil. The airfoils shall be connected to the hub and interlocked with zinc plated 16 steel retainers. 17 18 The fan shall be equipped with ten (10 winglets designed to redirect outward airflow into downward airflow, 19 thereby enhancing the efficiency and effectiveness of the fan. The winglets shall be molded thermoplastic 20 polyester resin. A winglet shall be attached at the tip of each airfoil. Winglets shall be powder coated to 21 match architects color sample. 22 23 The fan motor shall be a permanent magnet brushless motor rated for continuous operation at maximum 24 speed with the capability of modulating the fan speed from 0-100% without the use of a gearbox or other 25 mechanical means of control. The motor shall operate from any voltage ranging from 100-130 VAC, 1 φ, and 26 60Hz, without requiring adapters or customer selection. The motor shall be a non-ventilated, heat sink 27 design. 28 29 The fan hub shall be constructed of steel for high strength and durability. The hub shall be precision 30 machined to achieve a well balanced and solid rotating assembly. The hub shall incorporate five (5) safety 31 retaining clips made of 1/8” (0.3 cm) thick steel that shall restrain the hub/airfoil assembly in case of shaft 32 failure. 33 34 The fan mounting system shall be designed for quick and secure installation from the structure. All 35 components in the mounting system shall be of welded construction using low carbon steel no less than 36 3/16” (0.5 cm) thick and powder coated or plated for corrosion resistance and appearance. All mounting 37 bolts shall be SAE Grade 8 or equivalent. 38 39 The fan shall be equipped with a safety cable that provides an additional means of securing the fan 40 assembly to the building structure. The safety cable shall be 3/16” (0.5 cm) diameter and fabricated out of 7 41 x 19 stranded galvanized steel. The loops shall be secured with swaged Nicopress fittings, pre-loaded and 42 tested to 3,000 lb·f. Field construction of safety cables is not permitted. 43 44 The fan controller shall be incorporated into the fan assembly. The controller shall be factory programmed to 45 minimize starting and braking torques. The controller shall be equipped with a simple diagnostic program 46 and an LED light to identify and relay faults in the system. The controller shall be housed in an enclosure 47 independent of the motor to prevent overheating or electrical interference. 48 49 The fan shall be equipped with a remote wall control. The wall control shall be capable of mounting to a 50 standard electrical box and shall include operator controls and display for controlling the fan’s power and 51 speed. Communication with the fan drive and controller shall be by a standard (14 Ga/3 wire with ground), 52 line voltage cable that is field installed and provided by the installer. 53 54 The manufacturer shall replace any products or components in accordance to the following schedule: 55 Airfoils, Lifetime (Parts); Hub, Lifetime (Parts); Motor, 10 years (Parts); Controller, 10 years (Parts); and 56 Labor, 1 year 57 58 Contractor shall submit structural support drawings sealed be licensed professional engineer. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 233423 - 3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification HVAC Power Ventilators PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 INSTALLATION OF FANS 4 5 Install power ventilators level and plumb in accordance with Section 230529. 6 7 Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. 8 9 10 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING 11 12 Provide Owner instruction and training in accordance with Section 019926. 13 14 15 END OF SECTION 233423 16 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260000-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Summary of Electrical Work SECTION 260000 - SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK 1 2 Engineer of Record for electrical work is Rodel A. Dating, PE, Salas O’Brien., 1620 Midtown Place (27609), P. O. Box 3 19944, Raleigh, NC 27619. Electrical work shall be defined by drawings numbered with the prefix "E“, the general 4 provisions of the Contract including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, Division 1 Specifications 5 sections, and Division 26-28 Technical Specifications listed below. In addition, electrical work may be defined by 6 reference to other documents from any of the above-named sources as well as by project addenda. 7 8 9 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL Section Title 260000 Summary of Electrical Work 260500 Basic Electrical Requirements 260519 Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables 260526 Grounding 260529 Supporting Devices 260533 Electrical Identification 260534 Raceways 260535 Electrical Boxes and Fittings 260593 Electrical Connections for Equipment 260800 Testing and Placing in Service 262726 Wiring Devices 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 10 11 END OF SECTION 260000 12 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements SECTION 260500 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 SCOPE 12 13 The electrical design for this project is based on the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC), NFPA-70, 14 2017 Edition. Where not restricted to more stringent requirements by the Drawings and Specifications, the minimum 15 requirements of the NEC shall prevail. 16 17 Contractor shall coordinate the work and equipment of this Division with the work and equipment specified elsewhere 18 in order to assure a complete and satisfactory installation. 19 20 It is the intention of these Specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. 21 Whenever the words "supply," "provide," or "furnish" are used, it shall mean "furnish and install complete and ready 22 for use at no additional cost." 23 24 Minor details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for the proper installation and operation, shall be included 25 in the Work the same as if herein specified or shown. 26 27 Some items of equipment are specified in the singular; however, the Contractor shall provide and install the number 28 of items of equipment as indicated on the Drawings, and as required for complete systems. The words “and” and “or” 29 shall be interpreted in both the singular and plural sense (and/or) as appropriate to the use. 30 31 Electrical service entrance equipment arrangements for temporary and permanent connections to the Owner's 32 system shall conform to the Owner's requirements. Coordinate circuit breakers with the existing system. 33 34 All ampacities or other conductor references where indicated or otherwise specified in the Drawings or Specifications 35 are based on copper conductors. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable and will not be permitted. 36 37 38 DEFINITIONS 39 40 Definitions for "Concealed" and "Exposed" are provided for the purpose of specifying wiring methods or for defining 41 the appearance of finished work and are not the same as definitions used in the National Electrical Code. 42 43 Concealed: Work within or behind various construction elements or in crawl spaces or trenches that is not exposed 44 to view when the project is complete. 45 46 Exposed: Not "concealed" as defined above, or anything exposed to view when the project is complete. 47 48 Labeled: Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an 49 organization accredited by NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council) to label electrical equipment and 50 concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials 51 and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a 52 specified manner. 53 54 Listed: Equipment or materials included in a list published by an organization accredited by NCBCC (North Carolina 55 Building Code Council) to label electrical equipment and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic 56 inspection of production of listed equipment or materials, and whose listing states either that the equipment or 57 material meets appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified 58 manner. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements Wiring: Cable, raceways, fittings, mechanical supports, wire, junction boxes, device boxes, outlet boxes, switches, 1 cutouts, and related items. 2 3 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 4 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 7 8 ENERGIZED SYSTEM WARNING 9 10 Extreme caution is enjoined with regard to work with and around energized electrical equipment. The Contractor is 11 urged to coordinate all such activities with the Owner or the local electric utility so that electrical equipment may be 12 de-energized as required to safely perform necessary construction activities as defined in the Drawings and 13 Specifications. Suitable OSHA approved lockout-tagout procedures shall be used when circuits or equipment have 14 been de-energized for the purpose of performing construction activities. All work practices related to worker safety 15 are the complete responsibility of the Contractor. 16 17 18 DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR 19 20 The Drawings are generally diagrammatic in nature and are neither intended to show each fitting, box, elbow, offset, 21 hanger, etc., nor a complete detail of all work to be done. The Drawings are for the purpose of illustrating the type of 22 system, showing raceway sizes, etc., and special conditions considered necessary for the experienced mechanic to 23 take off materials and lay out work. This Contractor shall be responsible for taking such measurement as may be 24 necessary at the job and adapting his work to local conditions. 25 26 Contractor shall furnish and install all materials called for or reasonably implied in these Specifications and 27 accompanying Drawings. Apparatus must be furnished complete and ready for operation in every respect. Materials 28 and equipment called for in the Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, or indicated on the Drawings and 29 not called for in the Specifications, shall be furnished by the Contractor. 30 31 Contractor is responsible for familiarizing himself with the project area and details of the construction of building. 32 Work performed under these Specifications that is installed improperly or which requires modification due to improper 33 reading or interpretation of building plans shall be corrected or otherwise modified as directed by the A-E without 34 additional cost to the Owner. 35 36 Contractor shall follow Drawings in laying out work and shall refer to drawings of other trades to verify exact spaces in 37 which work will be installed. Arrange installed items in such a manner as to maintain maximum headroom and space 38 conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, A-E shall be notified before 39 proceeding with installation. 40 41 42 INSPECTIONS 43 44 The contractor shall notify the office of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction, to schedule required 45 inspections. This shall include all inspections of concealed work, interior and exterior, as well as intermediate 46 and final reviews. 47 48 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES 49 50 The Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades and shall furnish any and all information necessary to permit 51 the work of other trades. Information to be provided by the Contractor includes, but is not limited to templates, 52 patterns, setting plans, and shop details as may be necessary for the proper installation of work and for the purpose 53 of coordinating adjacent work. Information required by other trades shall be provided in a timely manner and shall be 54 sufficient to allow the work of such other trades to proceed with the least possible interference or delay. 55 56 Where the work of the Contractor will be installed in close proximity to, or may interfere with work of other trades, the 57 Contractor shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If the Contractor installs 58 his work before coordination with other trades, he shall make the necessary changes in his work to correct 59 the condition without extra charge. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements Scaled Shop Drawings: If so directed by the A-E, the Contractor shall prepare composite working drawings 1 and sections at a suitable scale not less than 3/8"=1'-0", clearly showing how his work is to be installed in 2 relation to the work of other trades. 3 4 5 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 6 7 All systems shall be installed so as to operate in a safe manner; all moving parts shall be covered where there is any 8 possibility of danger from such moving parts. All rough edges of equipment and materials shall be made smooth. 9 10 All safety controls shall be checked under the supervision of the Owner's representative and two (2) copies of test 11 data showing setting and performance of safety controls shall be submitted to the A-E by the Contractor. 12 13 During the construction the Contractor shall keep the site reasonably clean of debris and upon completion of 14 construction he shall clean up the premises to remove all evidence of his work. The Contractor shall provide, at no 15 additional cost to the Owner, additional cleaning of the site as directed by the Owner. In addition, upon completion of 16 construction, he shall clean, wash and/or polish all fixtures, equipment and exposed material and leave each item 17 clean, bright, and without blemish. Damaged items shall be replaced or repaired in a manner satisfactory to the 18 Owner by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 19 20 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain a safe working environment at all times and to comply with 21 all OSHA regulations for the duration of the project. 22 23 24 SUBMITTALS 25 26 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 27 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 28 29 Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data. 30 31 32 NAMEPLATE DATA 33 34 Each item of electrical utilization equipment shall be provided with a permanent operational data nameplate that shall, 35 as a minimum, indicate the following: equipment manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, 36 capacity, voltage requirements, and either full load current or full load volt-amperes. Labels of tested compliances 37 and similar essential data shall be a part of this label or located nearby. All equipment nameplates shall be in an 38 accessible location. 39 40 In the event that the installation of equipment renders the manufacturer's nameplate inaccessible, the above 41 information shall be etched onto a laminated plastic nameplate securely fastened to the equipment by no less than 42 two machine screws or by other fastening methods approved by the A-E. 43 44 45 FLASH PROTECTION WARNING 46 47 Each piece of new electrical equipment, such as switchboards, parallel switchgear, panelboards, circuit breaker 48 enclosures, control panels, motor control centers, transfer switches, etc. that are likely to require examination, 49 adjustment, servicing or maintenance while energized, shall be field marked in a clearly visible location on the 50 equipment enclosure to warn qualified persons of potential electric arc flash hazards, in accordance with NEC 51 110.16. 52 53 54 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements ACCESSIBILITY 1 2 Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases and the adequate clearance in 3 double partitions and hung ceilings for the proper installation of his work. He shall cooperate with all other trades 4 whose work is in the same place and shall advise the General Contractor of his requirements. Such spaces and 5 clearances shall be kept to the minimum size required for such installations. 6 7 Contractor shall locate all equipment that must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully accessible positions and 8 shall coordinate with other trades as necessary to meet the workspace requirements of the National Electrical Code. 9 Equipment where such space is required includes switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, fire alarm 10 control panels, telephone and data terminal panels and cabinets, and similar items. 11 12 Minor deviations from Drawings may be made to allow improved accessibility. Submit requests for all changes to the 13 A-E for approval. Relocation of equipment, should such be required to meet NEC workspace requirements, shall be 14 made by the Contractor at no additional cost. 15 16 17 CONCEALED RACEWAY 18 19 In general, all raceway or cable wiring methods in finished spaces shall be run concealed in walls, partitions, 20 structural concrete panels, or above ceilings. 21 22 Exterior Raceway: Raceway may not be routed on exterior surfaces of the building or across a building roof 23 (either above, below, or within roof insulation) unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 24 25 Raceway Below Concrete Floor Slabs: Raceway may not be routed below concrete floor slabs unless such 26 is specifically shown on the Drawings. 27 28 Concealment of raceway and covering of same shall not be done until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction 29 (AHJ). This applies to all interior work and exterior work. 30 31 32 SLEEVES AND PLATES 33 34 Contractor shall provide and locate all sleeves and inserts required, or shall be responsible for the cost of cutting and 35 patching required where sleeves and/or inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The Contractor shall 36 be responsible for all drilling required for the installation of his hangers. 37 38 Sleeves shall be provided for all raceway passing through concrete, masonry, or tile wall, floor, or overhead deck 39 construction. Sleeves shall be constructed of Schedule 40 black steel pipe unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 40 Sleeves through concrete beams shall be constructed as indicated on Drawings. 41 42 Fasten sleeves securely in walls so that they will not become displaced when other construction is built around them. 43 Take precautions to prevent concrete, plaster, or other materials being forced into the space between raceway and 44 sleeve during construction. 45 46 Escutcheon plates shall be provided for all exposed (where permitted) raceway passing through walls and ceilings. 47 Plates shall be nickel plated, of the split ring type, of size to match the raceway. Where plates are provided for pipes 48 passing through sleeves that extend above the floor surface, provide deep recessed plates to conceal the pipe 49 sleeves. 50 51 52 SUPPORTS, ATTACHMENTS 53 54 Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary supports required for all electrical equipment, lighting fixtures, 55 raceway, outlet boxes, panelboards, generators, and for all other equipment furnished under this contract, and shall 56 submit drawings to the A-E for approval before purchase, fabrication, or construction of same. 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements All equipment, unless otherwise shown, shall be securely attached to the building structure in an approved manner. 1 Attachments shall be of a strong and durable nature; any attachments that are deemed by the A-E to be insufficient 2 due to reasons of strength, location, quality, or appearance shall be replaced as directed at no additional cost to the 3 Owner. 4 5 Framing members shall be standard rolled steel shapes, ASTM A36 steel, except that members welded to main 6 structural member shall be of the same specification as the main structural member. 7 8 Framing shall be "simple beam" type with end connections welded or bolted for shear loads. Cantilevers may be 9 used when detailed or specifically approved. Location of supplementary framing shall be subject to approval. 10 Welding, where required, shall be performed by certified welders. 11 12 Framing members shall be designed for their actual loads with allowable stresses set forth in the AISC Specifications 13 and the AISC Code, without excessive deflection and with consideration for rigidity under vibration, in accordance 14 with standard structural practices. Supplementary framing, including design loads, member size and location shall be 15 clearly shown on shop drawings. 16 17 When supplementary framing is indicated, verify that dimensions are suitable and that framing is structurally 18 adequate for the equipment furnished. 19 20 21 FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION 22 23 The fire rating of all floors, ceilings, and partitions shall be maintained. It is the responsibility of this Contractor 24 provide and install any necessary fire resistive components so that the fire integrity of all fire rated structures 25 supporting or containing items required under Divisions 26-28 will not be diminished by the installation of such items. 26 Where device or junction boxes penetrate any fire rated structure, the boxes shall be located in such a manner as not 27 to reduce the fire rating of the structure. Where the Drawings indicate adjacent boxes or devices in rated partitions 28 that would reduce the fire rating of the partition if unprotected, suitable Listed protection methods shall be used to 29 insure the fire rating of the partition will not be decreased by the proximity of other boxes or penetrations. 30 31 Where recessed fixtures are used in fire rated ceilings, suitable construction shall be installed above and around the 32 fixture so that the fire rating of the ceiling is maintained. Refer to Architectural Drawings for fire ratings of ceilings. 33 34 Where recessed panelboards, recessed cabinets, or other items are located in a fire rated partition, suitable 35 construction behind and around the item shall be used to maintain the fire rating of the partition. 36 37 Where fire resistive insulation or other coverings have been applied to a structure or to structural elements to obtain a 38 fire rating and this insulation or covering is removed or otherwise disturbed by the installation of Division 26-28 39 components or other related items, this Contractor shall be responsible for restoring the material to a condition that 40 matches the original fire protective ability. 41 42 Approval must be obtained from the A-E before any boxes, devices, or other components are relocated for the 43 purpose of maintaining fire ratings. 44 45 46 TESTING LABORATORY APPROVAL 47 48 All equipment shall be approved for the intended use and shall be Labeled or Listed. In any case where the suitability 49 for a particular application is in question by the A-E or inspection authorities the Contractor shall furnish appropriate 50 standards covering the specific piece of equipment in question. Such standards, if required, shall be requested by 51 the A-E in writing and shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost. 52 53 54 PERSONNEL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION 55 56 Personnel ground fault protection is to be provided for certain receptacles as indicated on the Drawings and/or as 57 required by the National Electrical Code. Protection is to be provided by the use of GFCI receptacles; the use of 58 GFCI circuit breakers is not acceptable for the protection of general use receptacles. GFCI receptacles may not be 59 used to protect other downstream non-GFCI receptacles unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-6 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements If required, use GFCI circuit breakers to protect equipment or dedicated receptacles in locations as indicated on 1 Drawings or panel schedules. GFCI receptacles may not be used to protect downstream circuit components. 2 3 4 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF DEVICES 5 6 Typical mounting heights for electrical equipment shall be as follows unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 7 8 DEVICE MOUTING HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (AFF) TO Panelboards 6’-6” Top Toggle Switches 3’-6” Center Line Receptacles 1’-6” Center Line Safety Switches 5’-6” Top 9 10 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING, HOISTING 11 12 The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and related sub-contract services necessary for 13 equipment delivery and final placement as indicated on the Drawings. 14 15 All scaffolding, rigging and hoisting equipment shall be removed from the job site in a timely manner when such 16 equipment is no longer required. 17 18 19 EARTHWORK 20 21 Excavating and backfilling inside and outside the building shall include shoring and bracing, pumping and protection 22 for safety of persons and property. Backfill shall be compacted in layers not exceeding 6" in depth. Completed 23 backfill shall conform to surrounding ground and finish grade. Restore any sidewalks, roads, or existing work which is 24 cut or damaged to "as found" conditions. Dispose of excess material in a manner approved by the A-E at no 25 additional cost to the Owner. 26 27 The Drawings for this project show anticipated underground utilities at locations where they will not interfere with 28 proposed construction. Information on the Drawings concerning existing utilities or other underground services is 29 believed to be accurate and is presented in good faith. Exact locations for such services may be determined only by 30 excavation; extreme caution shall be used with regard to trenching or excavation in the vicinity of underground 31 services. In trenching or other excavation work always assume the presence of undocumented underground 32 services. In the event underground services are damaged by the Contractor the Contractor shall repair same in a 33 manner satisfactory to the A-E at no additional cost to the Owner. 34 35 36 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 37 38 Circuit designations and connections are shown on the Drawings. Indicated circuit numbers and circuit breaker 39 positions are mandatory unless changes are specifically approved by the A-E in writing. 40 41 Electrical neutral connections are indicated on the Drawings. Neutrals may not be reconfigured or otherwise changed 42 without specific approval in writing from the A-E. 43 44 Request for circuit or neutral changes can not be a part of the equipment submittal process. 45 46 47 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 48 49 In general, provide complete electrical power supply system connections to all equipment shown on Drawings. In 50 addition, provide disconnection and re-connection to the power system of any items that are indicated on the 51 Drawings as being moved or relocated. 52 53 54 55 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260500-7 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Basic Electrical Requirements Control wiring shall be installed in raceways and box system separate from power wiring, unless otherwise indicated 1 on Drawings. Wiring within equipment enclosures shall be in raceways provided under this section of the 2 Specifications unless approved raceway is provided by the manufacturer of the equipment or unless the equipment is 3 listed for use as a raceway. 4 5 6 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR DIVISIONS 21 - 23 7 8 Division 26 Contractor shall provide complete power wiring to a disconnecting means provided under Division 9 supplying the equipment. Extension of power from the disconnecting means to the utilization equipment shall be 10 made under the Division supplying the equipment. 11 12 Starters, contactors, and similar control equipment shall be furnished and installed by other divisions unless 13 specifically shown on the electrical Drawings. Control wiring is furnished by the Division supplying the control 14 equipment. 15 16 Fuses for fused disconnects are furnished and installed by the division supplying the equipment to be protected. 17 18 Refer to 230511, ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR HVAC WORK for a complete description and breakdown of the 19 responsibility of each trade (Divisions 23 and Divisions 26). 20 21 22 END OF SECTION 260500 23 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260519-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables SECTION 260519 - SECONDARY VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 RELATED DOCUMENTS 5 6 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 7 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 8 9 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 12 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical products, of types and ratings required in this 13 Section, whose products are Listed and Labeled for the purpose intended. Subject to compliance with requirements 14 provide devices equivalent to one of the following: 15 16 Encore Wire Corporation 17 General Cable Corporation 18 Southwire Company 19 Cerro Wire 20 21 Codes and Standards: 22 23 NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to construction, installation and color 24 coding of electrical wires and cables. 25 26 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Provide wiring/cabling and connector products that are Listed and Labeled. 27 28 29 SUBMITTALS 30 31 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 32 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 33 34 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wires, cables and connectors. 35 36 37 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 38 39 40 SECONDARY VOLTAGE WIRES, CABLES, AND CONNECTORS 41 42 General: Provide electrical wires, cables, and connectors of manufacturer's standard materials, as indicated by 43 published product information. Connections shall be designed and constructed using connectors as recommended by 44 manufacturer for a complete installation for the application indicated. Provide copper conductors with conductivity of 45 not less than 98% at 68 F. 46 47 Building Wires: Provide factory-fabricated wires of sizes, ampacity ratings, and materials for applications and 48 services indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper wire selection as determined by Contractor to comply with 49 project's installation requirements, NEC and NEMA standards. Select from the following Listed types those wires with 50 construction features that fulfill project requirements: 51 52 Type THWN/THHN: For general use as interior branch circuits and feeders; maximum operating 53 temperature 90 C (194 F). Insulation, flame-retardant, moisture- and heat-resistant, thermoplastic; outer 54 covering, nylon jacket; conductor, annealed copper. 55 56 Type XHHW: For general use as exterior feeders and service entrance conductors, as conductors in all 57 underground raceway, as conductors in wet locations and as specifically indicated on the Drawings; 58 maximum operating temperature 90 C (194 F). Insulation, moisture and heat-resistant cross-linked 59 polymer; conductor, annealed copper. 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260519-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables Building wire shall be installed in raceway for all applications. Cables are not approved for use in this project under 1 Division 26. 2 3 Connectors: 4 5 General: Provide factory-fabricated, metal connectors of sizes, ampacity ratings, materials, types and 6 classes for applications and for services indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as 7 determined by Installer to comply with project's installation requirements, NEC and NEMA standards. Select 8 from the following, those types, classes, kinds and styles of connectors to fulfill project requirements: 9 10 Type: Pressure, threaded 11 12 Class: Insulated 13 14 Kind: Copper (for Cu to Cu connection) 15 16 Style: Wirenut, wingnut, power distribution block 17 18 Use power distribution blocks or other splicing device having a minimum of one clamping screw per 19 conductor where conductor size or quantity exceed limits for "wirenut" or "wingnut" type connectors. 20 21 Provide power distribution blocks that are attached to the gutter, box, or enclosure into which they 22 are installed. Free-floating, unattached power distribution blocks are not acceptable. 23 24 Provide suitable insulating covers for all connection devices where such insulation is not a part of 25 the device design. 26 27 Use of split bolt connectors, insulation piercing connectors, or tape as a means of insulating connection 28 devices is not acceptable. 29 30 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 33 34 INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES 35 36 General: Install wires and wiring connectors as indicated, in compliance with applicable requirements of NEC, 37 NEMA, UL, and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices. 38 39 Coordinate wire/cable installation work including electrical raceway and equipment installation work, as necessary to 40 properly interface installation of wires/cables with other work. 41 42 Circuits of size #8 AWG and larger shall have Class B stranded conductors. 43 44 Power and lighting circuits #10 AWG and smaller shall have solid conductors. The minimum size for all power and 45 lighting circuits shall be #12 AWG. 46 47 Control wiring shall have stranded conductors and a minimum size of #14 AWG. 48 49 Maximum size for feeders and service conductors shall be 500 kcmil. 50 51 Increase Drawing indicated size of conductors for ampacity and temperature rating as described below: 52 53 Conductor sizes shown on Drawings are based on the use of terminations Listed and Labeled for use at 75 54 C. (167 F.). Where terminations are not Listed and Labeled for use at 75 C. (167 F.), the Contractor shall 55 increase the size of the conductor as required to meet the temperature rating of the conductor in accordance 56 with NEC Article 110.14(c). Conductor size increases required under this section shall be made without 57 additional cost. 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260519-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables Increase Drawing indicated size of conductors for voltage drop as follows: 1 2 Use #10 AWG conductor for 20 Ampere, 120 Volt branch circuit home runs longer than 50 feet, unless 3 otherwise noted on Drawings. 4 5 Conduit runs shall contain the number of phase conductors shown on the plans. A dedicated neutral shall be 6 installed for each phase conductor served by single pole, 120 Volt, 20 Amp circuit breakers. Multi-pole circuit 7 breakers serving 120, 20 Amp multi-wire branch circuits with a common neutral shall not be permitted. Conduits runs 8 shall contain related grounding and/or isolated grounding conductors. 9 10 Conduit runs that contain more than one neutral shall have each neutral conductor uniquely identified at 11 each termination, splice and where routed through junction or pull boxes. Neutral conductors containing a 12 factory applied, trace line along the length that matches the color of the associated phase conductor shall be 13 used to meet this requirement. Machine printed labels with the panel and associated circuit number shall 14 also be permitted for identifying neutral conductors. Colored tape and pre-printed tags shall not be 15 acceptable. 16 17 Feeders and/or branch circuits shall not be combined either with each other or one with another into junction 18 boxes, pull boxes, device boxes, manholes, or other common routing unless such routing is specifically 19 indicated on the Drawings. 20 21 Neatly train wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards; Avoid bundling conductors with lacing or cable ties so 22 that generated heat may be more easily dissipated. 23 24 Conduit runs indicated on the Drawings as composed of parallel runs of conductors shall be made identical with 25 respect to length, conduit size, wire type, insulation type, routing, and terminations at each end. 26 27 Conductors Shall Be Color Coded as Follows: 28 29 Grounding Conductors: Green 30 31 Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green with yellow tracer 32 33 Grounded Neutral Conductors: White for 120 V systems 34 35 Ungrounded Phase Conductors for 208Y/120V Systems: Black (phase A), red (phase B), and blue (phase 36 C) 37 38 Switch Leg Travelers: Violet 39 40 Provide other wire colors as indicated on the Drawings. 41 42 Remarking of insulation colors by use of colored marker tape shall be permitted only as allowed by the NEC. 43 44 Install exposed cables (where permitted) parallel and perpendicular to surfaces, or exposed structural members. 45 Cables shall follow surface contours, where possible. 46 47 Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. 48 49 Branch circuit wiring shall not loop through receptacle terminals, but shall be connected by means of conductor taps 50 joined to branch circuit conductors. At end of run, branch circuit conductors may terminate on receptacle screw 51 terminals. Quick make, clamp, or push-in type terminations may not be used to make connections to devices. 52 53 Position all splices in pull boxes and junction boxes of adequate volume so they are accessible from the removable 54 cover side of the box. 55 56 Conductors for signal systems shall be continuous (without splice) and shall be terminated on terminal strips or 57 terminate in a manner approved by the system's manufacturer. 58 59 All neutrals and ground wires in panels shall be labeled with cloth wire markers to indicate the circuits being served. 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260519-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. 1 2 Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. 3 After conductors have been pulled, clean exposed conductors and surrounding area to remove all evidence of the 4 use of pulling compound. 5 6 Use pulling means including fish tape, cable, rope and basket weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or 7 raceway. 8 9 Keep conductor splices to a minimum. 10 11 Install splices and taps that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors 12 being spliced. 13 14 Use splice and tap connectors that are compatible with conductor material. 15 16 Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published 17 torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and 18 terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A and B. 19 20 21 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS 22 23 Splices shall be permitted on conductors up to #4 AWG. No splices shall be permitted on conductor #3 AWG and 24 larger without specific approval in writing by the A-E. Splices shall be made in accessible junction boxes; no splices 25 shall be made in conduit bodies. 26 27 Splices, taps, and attachments of fittings and lugs shall be electrically and mechanically secure. Connectors and lugs 28 shall be proper size and labeled as suitable for the number and type of conductors joined. 29 30 Solid conductors, namely those sized #10 and #12 AWG copper shall be spliced or tapped only by the use of Ideal 31 "Wing-Nuts" or "Wire Nuts", Buchanan's "B-Cap" or 3M Co.'s "Scotchlox" connectors. "Sta-Kon" or other permanent 32 type crimp connectors shall not be used. 33 34 Self-stripping electrical pigtail and tap connectors shall not be used. 35 36 Stranded conductors, namely #8 AWG to #4 AWG, shall be spliced or tapped by approved mechanical connectors. 37 Insulation for splices or taps shall be obtained by the use of Listed insulating covers designed for use with the 38 particular connector. Quality of insulation at splices shall equal that of the conductor insulation in terms of 39 temperature resistance, covering ability and durability. 40 41 Conductors, in all cases, shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, and no splicing shall be made except within outlet 42 or junction boxes, troughs, and gutters. No splices shall be permitted in panel enclosures, disconnects or utilization 43 equipment. 44 45 Lugs for conductors #8 through #4 AWG shall be copper, with a direct acting screw. Where permitted, lugs for 46 conductors #3 AWG and larger shall be copper, applied directly to the cable by hydraulic pressure. Lugs shall not be 47 split bolt or screw types. 48 49 Tape, where used, shall be made using special oil resistant vinyl plastic tape that is Listed, rated 105 C. 50 51 Splices or taps in grounding conductors (where permitted) in sizes #8 AWG and larger shall be by means of 52 exothermic welding and termination shall be by means of approved grounding connectors. As an alternate, 53 connectors using hydraulic compression tools may be used as a contractor selection option. Solder shall not be used 54 as a means of joining grounding conductors. 55 56 Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. 57 58 Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260519-5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Secondary Voltage Wires and Cables Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. 1 2 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 5 Prior to energizing circuitry, check installed wires and cables with megohm meter to determine insulation resistance 6 levels to insure requirements are fulfilled. Provide additional testing as directed by the A-E in accordance with 7 Section 260800, TESTING AND PLACING IN SERVICE. 8 9 Prior to energizing circuitry, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for short circuits. Verify proper phasing 10 connections. 11 12 Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in accordance with 13 requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance. 14 15 16 END OF SECTION 260519 17 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260526-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Grounding SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of grounding and bonding products, of types, 14 and ratings required, and ancillary grounding materials, including stranded cable, grounding rods, and bonding 15 jumpers whose products are Listed and Labeled for their intended usage. 16 17 Codes and Standards: 18 19 Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable State electrical code requirements and the authority 20 having jurisdiction, and NEC as applicable to electrical grounding and bonding, pertaining to systems, 21 circuits and equipment. 22 23 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards No.'s 467, 24 "Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment," and 869, "Electrical Service Equipment," pertaining to 25 grounding and bonding of systems, circuits and equipment. In addition, comply with UL Std. 486A, "Wire 26 Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors." Provide grounding and bonding products 27 that are Listed and Labeled for their intended usage. 28 29 IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241 pertaining to electrical 30 grounding. 31 32 33 SUBMITTALS 34 35 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 36 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 37 38 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on grounding and bonding products and associated accessories. 39 40 41 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 42 43 44 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS 45 46 Materials and Components: 47 48 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding and bonding systems indicated, 49 assemble materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, solderless lug terminals, 50 grounding rods, bonding jumpers, service arresters, and additional accessories as needed for a complete 51 installation. Where more than one type component product meets indicated requirements, selection is 52 Contractor's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products that comply with 53 NEC and UL requirements and with established industry standards for those applications indicated. 54 55 Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide equipment grounding conductors in all conduit and wiring 56 systems. Grounding conductors shall be insulated by the same type insulation as the ungrounded 57 conductors and sized in accordance with NEC Table 250.122 unless otherwise specified. 58 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260526-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Grounding Bonding Connectors, Terminals and Clamps: Provide electrical bonding connectors, terminals, lugs and 1 clamps as recommended by bonding connector, terminal and clamp manufacturers for indicated 2 applications. 3 4 Hardware: Provide hardware for all grounding and bonding applications that consist of Type 300 series 5 stainless steel, silicon bronze or brass. Hardware used for connections to enclosures shall include flat 6 washers and split lock washers. 7 8 Electrical Grounding Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, bonding straps, as 9 recommended by accessories manufacturers for type service indicated. 10 11 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 14 15 EXAMINATION 16 17 Examine areas and conditions under which electrical grounding and bonding connections are to be made and notify 18 A-E in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory 19 conditions have been corrected. 20 21 22 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS 23 24 General: Install electrical grounding and bonding systems as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's 25 instructions and applicable portions of NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized 26 industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements. 27 28 Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding and bonding system 29 work with other work. 30 31 Connect together system neutral, service equipment enclosures, exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of 32 electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground 33 connectors, and cold water systems. 34 35 Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor from each device to ground buses in panelboards. 36 Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or insulated grounding bushing. 37 38 Provide separate insulated equipment grounding conductor, size to be determined from NEC Table 250.122, for each 39 circuit and in each conduit run. The grounding conductor shall be attached by means of a dedicated green screw to a 40 common point in each junction box, cabinet, device box, enclosure, or utilization equipment to which it runs or 41 through which it passes. Grounding methods depending on the continuity of electrical raceway, clips, or mounting 42 screws are not acceptable. This grounding requirement will be rigidly enforced. 43 44 Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with 45 manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's torquing 46 requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply with tightening torque values specified in UL 486A to 47 assure permanent and effective grounding. 48 49 Install clamp-on connectors on clean metal contact surfaces to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity. 50 51 52 END OF SECTION 260526 53 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260529-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Supporting Devices SECTION 260529 - SUPPORTING DEVICES 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification section, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supporting devices, of types, sizes, and ratings required. 14 15 Codes and Standards: 16 17 NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to construction and installation of electrical 18 supporting devices. 19 20 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Provide electrical components that are Listed and Labeled. 21 22 ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI/MSS SP-69, Hangers and Supports – Selection and Application for 23 selecting electrical supporting devices. 24 25 26 SUBMITTALS 27 28 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 29 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 30 31 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on supporting devices including catalog cuts, specifications, and 32 installation instructions, for each type of support, anchor, sleeve and seal. 33 34 35 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36 37 38 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES 39 40 General: Provide supporting devices as herein specified which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, 41 design and constructed in accordance with published product information and as required for complete installation. 42 Where more than one type of supporting device meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. 43 44 Supports: Provide supporting devices of types, sizes and materials indicated that have the following construction 45 features: 46 47 Clevis Hangers: For supporting large rigid metal conduit hangers shall be steel with finish appropriate for 48 application and 1/2" diameter hole for round steel rod. Approximate weight is 54 pounds per 100 units. 49 50 Reducing Couplings: Steel rod reducing coupling shall be 1/2", 3/8” or ¼” x 5/8" steel, with finish 51 appropriate for application. 52 53 C-Clamps: C-clamps shall be ductile iron, with finish appropriate for application and 1/2", 3/8” or ¼” rod 54 size. Approximate weight is 50 pounds per 100 units. 55 56 I-Beam Clamps: I-beam clamps shall be steel, with finish appropriate for application. 1-1/4" x 3/16" stock 57 with 3/8" cross bolt. Flange width shall be 2". Approximate weight is 52 pounds per 100 units. 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260529-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Supporting Devices Conduit Hangers: Hangers shall be galvanized steel used for supporting conduit up to 2”. Weight varies with 1 conduit size, up to 25 pounds per 100 units for 2” trade size. 2 3 One-Hole Conduit Straps: One hole conduit straps used for supporting 1/2" conduit (where such is 4 permitted) and 3/4" conduit, shall be galvanized steel. Approximate weight is 7 pounds per 100 units. 5 6 Two-Hole Conduit Straps: Two hole conduit straps, used for supporting conduit larger than 3/4", shall be 7 galvanized steel. Weight varies with conduit size. 8 9 Hexagon Nuts: For 1/2", 3/8” or ¼” rod sizes, nuts shall be galvanized steel. 10 11 Round Steel Rod: Use black steel for 1/2", 3/8” or ¼” diameter rod. 12 13 Anchors: Provide anchors of types, sizes and materials indicated, with the following construction features: 14 15 Lead Expansion Anchors: 1/2", approximately 38 pounds per 100 units. 16 17 Toggle Bolts: Springhead type, 3/16" x 4", approximately 5 pounds per 100 units. 18 19 Powder actuated anchors and fasteners are not permitted. 20 21 Watertight Wall and Floor Seals: Provide factory-assembled watertight wall and floor seals of types and sizes 22 indicated. Wall and floor seals shall be suitable for sealing around conduit, pipe, or tubing passing through concrete 23 walls. Construct seals with steel sleeves, malleable iron body, neoprene sealing grommets and rings, metal pressure 24 rings, pressure clamps, and cap screws. 25 26 U-Channel Strut Systems: Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment and conduit where 27 runs of more than two conduit must be supported from overhead structure. System shall be 12-gage minimum 28 hot-dip galvanized steel of types and sizes indicated. Use 1 1/2" deep channel to support conduit larger than 1 1/2" 29 trade diameter. Furnish with the following fittings that mate and match with U-channel: 30 31 Channel hangers 32 33 End caps 34 35 Beam clamps 36 37 Wiring studs 38 39 Thinwall conduit clamps 40 41 Rigid conduit clamps 42 43 Conduit hangers 44 45 U-bolts 46 47 48 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES 49 50 Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves as follows: 51 52 Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs. 53 54 Sleeve Seals: Provide sleeves for piping which penetrates foundation walls below grade, or exterior walls. Caulk 55 between sleeve and pipe with non-toxic, UL classified caulking material to ensure watertight seal. 56 57 58 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260529-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Supporting Devices PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES 4 5 Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and 6 with recognized industry practices to ensure supporting devices comply with requirements. Comply with 7 requirements of NECA and NEC for installation of supporting devices. 8 9 Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of 10 supporting devices with other work. 11 12 Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support conduit properly from building structure. Arrange for 13 grouping of parallel runs of horizontal conduits to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. 14 Install supports with spacings indicated and in compliance with NEC requirements. 15 16 Torque sleeve seal nuts, complying with manufacturer's recommended values. Ensure that sealing grommets 17 expand to form watertight seal. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 260529 21 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260533-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Identification SECTION 260533 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical identification products, of types required. 14 15 Codes and Standards: 16 17 NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers for wiring 18 and equipment. 19 20 UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Std. 969, "Marking and Labeling Systems," 21 pertaining to electrical identification systems. 22 23 NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Std. No's. WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to 24 identification of power and control conductors. 25 26 27 SUBMITTALS 28 29 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 30 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 31 32 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical identification materials and products. 33 34 Label Wording: Submit exact wording for approval prior to the construction of laminated nameplates or specialized 35 signs. Submittal shall show both proposed wording and physical layout of each label, including mounting holes. 36 37 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 39 40 41 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS 42 43 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required 44 for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but 45 provide single selection for each application. 46 47 Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs: 48 49 General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved 50 with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording indicated or as required to properly identify items 51 installed under this division. 52 53 Color scheme shall be as indicated herein or on the Drawings. Signs shall be punched for mechanical 54 fastening. 55 56 Thickness: 1/16", for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" length; 1/8" for larger units. 57 58 Fasteners: Self-threading, blunt end, stainless steel machine screws. 59 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260533-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Identification Color-Coded Plastic Tape: 1 2 General: Provide manufacturer's standard self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils. thick by 1-1/2" wide. 3 Tape shall be listed for use at 105°C. or the temperature rating of the conductors to be marked, whichever 4 is higher. 5 6 Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: 7 8 General: Provide pre-numbered or pre-lettered manufacturer's standard cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor 9 markers of wrap-around type. Printing shall show circuit identification by indicating panel designation and 10 circuit number. 11 12 13 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS 14 15 General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in electrical identification work, with 16 corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if 17 not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturer or as required for proper identification and 18 operation/maintenance of electrical systems and equipment. 19 20 21 WIRE COLOR CODE SCHEDULE 22 23 Where more than one nominal voltage system exists within a single facility, a schedule of conductor color codes shall 24 be posted at each panelboard that is installed, relocated, renovated, or otherwise modified. The schedule, meeting 25 the requirements of NEC 210.5(C) for branch circuit panelboards, shall be permitted to be either a plastic laminate 26 sign or a printed label with permanent self-adhesive containing the information given in Section 260519, 27 SECONDARY VOLTAGE WIRES AND CABLES. The label shall be installed so that it is clearly visible with the 28 panelboard cover removed but with any shields or protective barriers in place. The label shall be installed after the 29 installation of all conductors so that it may be located in an un-obscured location. 30 31 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 34 35 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION 36 37 General Installation Requirements: 38 39 Install electrical identification products as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, 40 and requirements of NEC. 41 42 Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after 43 completion of painting. 44 45 Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for identification of 46 electrical work. 47 48 Conduit and Box Identification: 49 50 General: Apply color-coded identification to match system color code on electrical conduit and junction 51 boxes in accordance with the following: 52 53 All empty conduit runs and conduit with conductors for future use shall be identified for such use; 54 identification shall indicate where such conductors or empty conduct terminates. Identification shall be by 55 tags attached to the pull cord or spare conductors. Each end of the pull cord shall be identified. 56 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260533-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Identification All outlet boxes, junction boxes and pull boxes, either exposed or concealed, shall have their covers and 1 exterior visible surfaces painted with the field colors described in this section. Boxes shall also be marked to 2 indicate the panelboard and circuit number(s) of the circuits contained within. Lettering may be by hand for 3 concealed or non-public locations only. Machine printed labels are to be used to identify boxes where such 4 are permitted to appear in areas accessible by the public; embossed type plastic labels are not acceptable 5 for use on this project. Where hand produced marking is permitted, the lettering shall be made with 6 waterproof ink. 7 8 Equipment/System Identification: 9 10 General: Install an engraved plastic laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment on project. 11 Such equipment includes central or master unit of each electrical system including communication, control, 12 and signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise 13 indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering, on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are 14 required), white lettering in field color as indicated below. Provide text matching terminology and numbering 15 of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. 16 17 Field Colors shall be the following: 18 19 Black Normal Electrical System 20 Provide Signs for Each Unit of the Following Categories of Electrical Work: 21 22 Panelboards, electrical cabinets and/or enclosures 23 Disconnect or safety switches 24 25 Service Equipment: 26 27 Where multiple services exist in a building provide a phenolic sign per NEC 230.2(E) at all service locations (new or 28 existing). 29 30 Install signs at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and 31 maintenance of equipment. Secure signs to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners 32 should not or cannot penetrate substrate. 33 34 Cable/Conductor Identification (Low Voltage): 35 36 General: Apply cable/conductor identification, including feeder number, on each cable/conductor in each 37 box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, 38 except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match 39 identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar 40 previously established identification for project's electrical work. 41 42 Match identification with marking system used elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Identification means 43 used on high voltage cables shall be waterproof and shall not deteriorate when used in a wet environment. 44 45 Optional Identification and Warnings: 46 47 General: Install self adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification wherever reasonably required 48 to prevent misuse by unauthorized personnel or to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of 49 electrical systems, electrically connected mechanical systems, and general systems and equipment. Install 50 self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification giving instruction or warnings on switches, 51 outlets, controls, or devices where instructions or explanations are needed. Provide plasticized tags with 52 clearly written messages adequate for intended purposes. 53 54 55 END OF SECTION 260533 56 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260534-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Raceways SECTION 260534 - RACEWAYS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types and sizes required, whose 14 products are Listed and Labeled. 15 16 Codes and Standards: 17 18 NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standards Publications pertaining to 19 raceways. 20 21 Testing Laboratory Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable requirements of UL safety standards 22 pertaining to electrical raceway systems. Provide raceway products and components that have been Listed 23 and Labeled. 24 25 NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of the latest edition of the NEC pertaining to 26 construction and installation of raceway systems. 27 28 29 SUBMITTALS 30 31 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 32 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 33 34 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including specifications and installation instructions, for 35 each type of raceway system required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. 36 37 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 39 40 41 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING 42 43 General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) for each 44 use indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill 45 wiring requirements as stated herein while complying with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. 46 47 Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): Provide rigid steel, zinc-coated, threaded type conforming to ANSI C80.1 and 48 UL 6. Provide zinc coating fused to inside and outside walls. 49 50 Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Provide electrical metallic conduit conforming to ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. 51 52 Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Provide steel flexible metal conduit conforming to UL 1. Conduit shall be 53 formed from continuous length of spirally wound, interlocked zinc-coated strip steel. 54 55 Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Provide flexible liquid-tight metal conduit constructed of single 56 strip, flexible, continuous, interlocked, and double-wrapped steel. Inside and outside shall be galvanized; 57 conduit shall be coated with liquid-tight jacket of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260534-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Raceways Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings: Provide cast malleable iron, galvanized or cadmium plated. 1 2 Use Type 1 fittings for raintight connections. 3 Use Type 2 fittings for concrete tight connections. 4 5 Conduit Locknuts: Provide case-hardened steel locknuts for use on threaded raceway. 6 7 Conduit Bushings: 8 9 Insulated: Provide Listed and Labeled, threaded, thermosetting plastic bushings at each end of all threaded 10 raceway. Provide grounding type if same is indicated elsewhere. 11 12 Grounding (bonding type): Provide Listed and Labeled, threaded, insulated throat, bonding type bushings. 13 Provide steel frame bushings for use on ferrous raceway. Provide bushings with tin-plated copper 14 grounding saddle sized to accept grounding conductor size as indicated on the Drawings. Where grounding 15 conductors are oversized, provide separate copper grounding lugs that are appropriately sized. 16 17 Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: Provide steel conduit fittings for use with flexible steel conduit of threadless hinged 18 clamp type. All flexible metal conduit fittings shall be Listed as suitable for grounding. 19 20 Straight Terminal Connectors: Provide insulated throat type, one piece body, female end with clamp and 21 deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit, and male threaded end provided with steel locknut. 22 23 45° or 90° Terminal Angle Connectors: Provide steel insulated throat type, two-piece body construction with 24 removable upper section, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit, and 25 male threaded end provided with steel locknut. 26 27 Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: Type 1, Class 3, Style G. Provide cadmium plated, malleable iron 28 fittings with compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings, with insulated throat and steel locknut. 29 All liquid tight flexible metal conduit fittings shall be Listed as suitable for grounding. 30 31 EMT Fittings: 32 33 EMT Conduit Couplings: Cadmium plated steel, dual compression type with two (2) hexagon compression 34 fittings. Fittings that can not be tightened with an open-end wrench of the appropriate size are not 35 acceptable. 36 37 EMT Conduit Connectors: Cadmium plated steel, insulated throat, compression type with hexagon 38 compression fitting and steel locknut. Fittings that can not be tightened with an open-end wrench of the 39 appropriate size are not acceptable. 40 41 Unacceptable fitting types: Pot metal, set screw, and indenter type fittings, or connectors that do not have 42 insulated throats, are not acceptable for use on this project. 43 44 Conduit Bodies: Provide galvanized steel conduit bodies of types, shapes and sizes as required to fulfill job and NEC 45 requirements. Conduit bodies shall be constructed with threaded conduit entrance ends, removable covers, either 46 cast or of galvanized steel, and corrosion-resistant screws. 47 48 Metallic Conduit, and Tubing Accessories: Provide metallic conduit and tubing accessories of types, sizes, and 49 materials, complying with manufacturer's published product information, which mate and match conduit and tubing. 50 51 52 PART 3 - EXECUTION 53 54 55 INSPECTION 56 57 Examine areas and conditions under which raceways are to be installed, and substrate that will support raceways. 58 Notify A-E in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed with work until 59 unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260534-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Raceways SELECTION OF RACEWAY AND SIZE OF RACEWAY SYSTEM 1 2 General: Install concealed raceway system in new construction work, either in walls or above hung ceilings. 3 4 Do not route raceway below slabs unless such routing is specifically indicated on the Drawings. 5 6 Do not use surface metal raceway unless such use is specifically indicated on the Drawings. 7 8 Conduit Installation: Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, provide rigid steel zinc-coated conduit (RMC) 9 where embedded in concrete, masonry, earth, or installed outdoors. Follow minimum requirements in other areas as 10 follows: 11 12 Steel zinc-coated EMT may be installed in all areas except where specifically indicated otherwise in the 13 Drawings or under the conditions of use listed below: 14 15 16 • Where it will be installed in exterior walls. 17 • Where it will be installed outdoors, in concrete or in direct contact with the earth. 18 • Where it will be subject to physical damage. 19 • Where it will be installed lower than four (4) feet from finished floor in areas where exposed to 20 possible damage from area use activities. 21 • Where it will be subject to corrosive influence. 22 • Where it will be installed indoors in wet or damp locations. 23 • Where trade size is larger than 2". 24 25 Any of the above use conditions may be overridden by the Drawings. 26 27 Avoid use of dissimilar metals throughout system to reduce the possibility of galvanic action. Where dissimilar metals 28 must be in contact, coat surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling. 29 30 Use liquid-tight flexible metal conduit (LFMC) only where specifically indicated on the Drawings or where subjected to 31 one or more of the following conditions: 32 33 • Flexible connection in an exterior location. 34 • Final 18" connection to motors. 35 • Equipment subject to movement or vibration. 36 37 Do not use PVC raceway. 38 39 Use Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC) only for final connections to light fixtures and utilization equipment. Any other use 40 shall be limited to applications where specifically indicated on the Drawings 41 42 Flexible Metal Conduit may not be used to interconnect device or junction boxes, utilization equipment, 43 fixtures. 44 45 Flexible Metal Conduit length shall not exceed six feet. 46 47 Size raceway and raceway systems as follows: 48 49 Size raceway to meet NEC requirements, or as indicated on the Drawings, whichever size is larger, except 50 no conduit smaller than 3/4 inch trade size shall be installed. 51 52 53 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY SYSTEMS 54 55 General: Install raceways as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions, and in 56 compliance with the NEC and NECA's "Standards of Installation." Install raceway and related boxes and fittings 57 plumb and level, 2. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260534-4 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Raceways Fasten heavy wall conduit terminations in sheet metal enclosures by two locknuts, one inside and one outside of 1 enclosure, and terminate with insulated bushing; terminate other conduit systems with connectors listed for the 2 purpose and as described above. 3 4 Conduit couplers shall be steel threaded type in all locations where such use is possible. Otherwise use 3-piece 5 union. 6 7 Conduits are not to cross pipe shafts or ventilating duct openings. Conduit is not to be routed in elevator shafts 8 unless necessary to serve items within the shaft. 9 10 Keep conduits a minimum distance of 6" from parallel runs of hot water pipes or other sources of heat. Wherever 11 possible, install horizontal raceway runs above water piping. 12 13 Support riser conduit at each floor level with clamp hangers. 14 15 Use of running threads at conduit joints and terminations is prohibited. Where required, use threaded nipples and 16 3-piece unions. 17 18 Support exposed conduit by use of hangers, clamps or clips Listed for the purpose. Support conduit on each side of 19 bends and on spacing not to exceed following: 20 21 • Rigid Metal Conduits Up to 1": 8'-0". 22 • Rigid Metal Conduits 1-1/4" and Over: 10'-0". 23 • EMT Up to 1": 8'-0". 24 • EMT 1-1/4" and Over: 10'-0". 25 26 Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using 27 galvanized straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers Listed for 28 the purpose. Requirements for exposed conduits also apply to conduits installed in space above hung ceilings. 29 30 Concealed Conduits: 31 32 • Metallic raceways installed underground, in floors below grade (where permitted), or outside are to 33 have conduit threads painted with corrosion inhibiting compound before couplings are assembled. 34 Draw up coupling and conduit sufficiently tight to ensure a water tight joint. 35 • For floors-on-grade (where permitted), install conduits under crushed rock and concrete slabs. 36 • Install underground conduits 24" below finished grade (24" cover) as a minimum or as otherwise 37 indicated on the Drawings if a greater depth is shown. 38 39 Exposed Conduits: 40 41 • Install conduits in a manner so as not to damage or run through structural members. Avoid 42 horizontal or cross runs in building partitions or side walls. 43 • Install exposed conduits and extensions from concealed conduit systems neatly, parallel with, or at 44 right angles to walls of building. 45 • Install exposed conduit work as not to interfere with ceiling inserts, lights or ventilation ducts or 46 outlets. Coordinate conduit installation with other trades as required. 47 • Install exposed conduit directly on structure using two hole straps. Provide offsets at all boxes and 48 as required to avoid exiting utilities. 49 • Conduits installed on interior of exterior walls shall be spaced off the wall surface a minimum of ¼ 50 inch with appropriate straps. 51 52 Run conduits for outlets on waterproof walls exposed where indicated on the Drawings. Set anchors for 53 supporting conduit on waterproof wall in waterproof cement. Requirements for exposed conduit also apply to 54 conduits installed in space above hung ceilings. 55 56 Raceway Fittings: Install connectors, couplers, and related fittings as required for a complete raceway system. 57 58 Install insulated bushings for terminating all types of raceway where termination is not made with an 59 insulated throat connector. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260534-5 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Raceways Where concentric, eccentric or over-sized knockouts are encountered, a grounding-type insulated bushing 1 shall be provided. Bushing shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor. 2 3 Miscellaneous fittings such as reducers, chase nipples, 3-piece unions, and plugs are to be constructed from 4 steel and specifically designed and Listed for their particular application. 5 6 Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, boxes, and panel work, as necessary to interface installation of 7 electrical raceways and components with other work. 8 9 Mechanically fasten together metal conduits, enclosures, and other components comprising raceway system to form 10 a continuous electrical conductor. Connect to electrical boxes, fittings and cabinets to provide electrical continuity 11 and firm mechanical assembly. 12 13 Raceway must be installed as a complete system prior to the installation of cables, conductors, or pull wires 14 into any part of the systems. 15 16 Install miscellaneous fittings such as reducers, chase nipples, 3-piece unions, and plugs that have been specifically 17 designed and manufactured for their particular application. Install expansion fittings in raceways every 200' linear run 18 maximum and wherever structural expansion joints are crossed. 19 20 Use roughing-in dimensions of electrically supplied utilization equipment furnished by supplier or by other divisions as 21 appropriate. Set conduit and boxes for connection to units only after receiving review of dimensions and after 22 verification of location with other trades. 23 24 Do not set final connections for fixtures and/or utilization equipment until connection points and requirements 25 are accurately known. The Contractor is responsible for the relocation of mis-located connection points as 26 required to match equipment at no additional cost. 27 28 Cut conduits straight, properly ream. Threads shall be cut into heavy wall conduit using equipment designed for the 29 purpose. 30 31 Make changes in direction of raceway run by means of proper field bends or with proper fittings, supplied by raceway 32 manufacturer. 33 34 Field-bend conduit with benders designed for purpose so as not to distort nor vary internal diameter. 35 36 Properly support and anchor raceways for their entire length by structural materials. Raceways are not to span any 37 space unsupported for lengths in excess of the maximum support distance as previously specified. Raceways may 38 not be used to support other raceways or other items of equipment. 39 40 Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. 41 42 Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. 43 44 Group raceway in parallel runs where three (3) or more raceway are routed together. Use conduit rack constructed of 45 steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25% additional conduit. 46 47 Do not fasten and/or hang conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Before conductors are pulled, remove all wire 48 used during construction for temporary conduit support. 49 50 Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. All raceway shall be cut to proper length 51 so ends fit accurately in connectors or couplers. 52 53 Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet 54 locations. 55 56 Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260534-6 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Raceways Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender for all field bends in conduit. All field made conduit bends shall meet 1 minimum bending radius requirements of the NEC. Bends in metallic conduit shall be made while "cold". Factory 2 made conduit sections may be used in lieu of field made bends for conduit larger than 2". 3 4 Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. 5 6 Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. 7 8 Where raceways penetrate walls or partitions separating spaces with differing environmental conditions, such as 9 freezers, coolers and exterior walls, provide an internal seal to prevent condensation within the raceway as it enters 10 the conditioned space. 11 12 Where conduit penetrates fire rated partitions, provide penetration protection in accordance with the UL through-13 penetration detail indicated on the Drawings for the type of partition and conduit involved. All instructions furnished 14 with firestopping materials shall be followed explicitly. 15 16 Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof jack with 17 pitch pocket. All pitch pockets shall be absolutely watertight; once conduit has been routed thought a pitch pocket the 18 water integrity of the pitch pocket is the responsibility of the Division 26-28 Contractor. 19 20 Combining of circuits into raceway systems other than indicated on Drawings shall not be permitted. 21 22 Bolts, clamps, screws and expansion bolts shall be used in securing conduit, equipment, etc. Holes for lead shields 23 or other anchors shall be the size recommended by the fastener manufacturer and shall be completely covered by 24 the mounted item. Holes used for support of conduit on brick or block walls shall be located in mortar joints where 25 such location is possible. 26 27 Provide nylon pull string in empty conduits where indicated, including conduit placed for telephone and data use. 28 Conduit installed but left empty (with pull string) shall be tested with a ball mandrel. Clear any conduit that rejects ball 29 mandrel. Any costs involved for restoration of conduit and surrounding surfaces to original condition are the 30 responsibility of the Contractor. 31 32 33 END OF SECTION 260534 34 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260535-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Boxes and Fittings SECTION 260535 - ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical boxes and fittings, of types, sizes, and 14 capacities required, whose products are Listed and Labeled. 15 16 Codes and Standards: 17 18 NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes 19 and fittings. 20 21 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 50, UL 514-Series, and UL 886 22 pertaining to electrical boxes and fittings. Provide electrical boxes and fittings that are Listed and Labeled. 23 24 25 SUBMITTALS 26 27 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 28 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 29 30 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical boxes and fittings. 31 32 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 35 36 FABRICATED MATERIALS 37 38 Aluminum products are not acceptable for use on the project. 39 40 Outlet Boxes: Provide galvanized coated flat rolled sheet-steel outlet wiring boxes, of shapes, cubic inch capacities, 41 and sizes, including box depths as indicated, suitable for installation at respective locations. Construct outlet boxes 42 with mounting holes, and with cable or conduit-size knockout openings in bottom and sides. Provide boxes with 43 threaded screw holes for attachment of grounding conductor and cover plate or device attachment fittings. 44 45 Provide waterproof outlet boxes where box is installed in an outdoor location or in a wet location as defined 46 by the NEC. 47 48 Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including box supports, 49 mounting ears and brackets, wallboard hangers, box extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for 50 supporting outlet boxes. Supplied items shall be compatible with outlet boxes being used to fulfill installation 51 requirements for individual wiring situations. Choice of accessories is Contractor's code-compliance option. 52 53 54 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260535-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Boxes and Fittings Device Boxes: Provide galvanized coated flat rolled sheet-steel device boxes, of shapes, cubic inch capacities, and 1 sizes, including box depths as indicated, suitable for installation at respective locations. Unless otherwise specified 2 device boxes shall be 4" square by 2 1/8” deep, flush mounted, and furnished with suitable plaster ring for the type 3 devices to be used and of a depth to match the type of construction involved. Device boxes shall have ¾" knockout 4 openings in bottom and ends, and with threaded screw holes in the rear for attachment of a grounding conductor. All 5 fasteners shall have a corrosion resistant finish. 6 7 Where more than two devices are ganged together at a single location provide gangable device boxes with suitable 8 partitions, conduit knockouts and attachment hardware. 9 10 Device Box Accessories: Provide device box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting 11 brackets, device box extensions, switch box supports, plaster ears, and plaster board expandable grip fasteners, 12 which are compatible with device boxes being utilized to fulfill installation requirements for individual wiring 13 situations. Choice of accessories is Contractor's code-compliance option. 14 15 Where device boxes are surface mounted (as may permitted elsewhere) use cast steel type ‘FS’ boxes. Raintight 16 device boxes shall have threaded conduit holes for the attachment of electrical conduit, cast-metal face plates with 17 spring-hinged watertight caps suitable configured for each application, including face plate gaskets and 18 corrosion-resistant plugs and fasteners. Boxes provided under this section shall have a threaded internal grounding 19 conductor attachment point. 20 21 Device boxes exposed to outdoor or wet locations shall be flush mounted and shall be equipped with cast steel 22 covers that are designed to exclude water when closed. 23 24 Provide covers that are suitable for use in wet location with device attached if such use is indicated on the 25 Drawings. 26 27 Where flush mounting is not possible or not practicable due to the location of the device, provide surface 28 mounted cast steel type ‘FS’ boxes as described elsewhere. 29 30 Junction boxes with no more than 4 entries of ¾" conduit containing conductors no larger than #12 may be 4" square 31 by 2 1/8" deep with ¾" knockouts, threaded hole for connection of grounding conductor and threaded holes for the 32 attachment of a blank cover plate. Provide suitable blank cover plate. Box extensions shall not be used to obtain 33 more volume in 4" square junction boxes. 34 35 If box volume is not sufficient, the contractor may, as a code compliance option, may use 4 11/16” square by 36 2 1/8” deep boxes with ¾” knockouts, threaded hole for connection of grounding conductor and threaded 37 hoses for the attachment of a blank cover plate. Provide suitable blank cover plate. Box extensions shall 38 not be used to obtain more volume in 4 11/16" square junction boxes. 39 40 Use fabricated junction boxes as described below if box volumes that can be obtained by the use of 4” 41 square or 4 11/16” square boxes are not sufficient to meet NEC minimum volume requirements. 42 43 Junction and Pull Boxes: Provide as required galvanized code-gage sheet steel junction and pull boxes, no 44 knockouts, Listed, with screw-on covers. Types, shapes, and sizes of junction and pull boxes shall be suitable for 45 each respective location and installation. Boxes shall have welded seams and shall be equipped with stainless 46 fastening hardware. Provide steel barriers in boxes with multiple feeder circuits. 47 48 Size of device, outlet, junction, pull boxes, gutters, and similar components shall be as required to match the number 49 of devices and/or conductors contained within as based on the requirements of NEC Article 314.16. 50 51 Bushings, Knockout Closures and Locknuts: Provide corrosion-resistant box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and 52 malleable iron conduit insulated bushings, offset connectors, of types and sizes, to suit respective installation 53 requirements and applications. 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260535-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Boxes and Fittings PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS 4 5 General: Install electrical boxes and fittings as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, 6 applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry 7 practices to fulfill project requirements. 8 9 Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable, wiring devices, and raceway installation work. 10 11 Provide weatherproof boxes and fittings for interior and exterior locations that are exposed to weather or moisture. 12 Weatherproof boxes must be Listed and Labeled and identified as “extra duty” for use in wet locations. 13 14 Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. 15 16 Install electrical boxes and similar items only in those locations that ensure accessibility to enclosed electrical wiring. 17 18 Avoid installing boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide not less than 6" separation in non-rated partitions. Provide 24" 19 minimum horizontal separation in fire-rated partitions or in acoustic rated walls. 20 21 Position recessed outlet or device boxes in walls or ceilings accurately to allow for surface finish thickness. Where 22 the surface material or covering is combustible the front edge of the plaster ring (or box) shall be flush (- 0”,+1/32”) 23 with the finished surface. Where the wall or ceiling material is non-combustible, the front edge of the plaster ring (or 24 box) may be recessed into the wall no further than 3/16". The maximum gap between the edge of an installed 25 box/plaster ring combination shall not exceed 1/8”. These requirements will be rigidly enforced. 26 27 Fasten electrical boxes firmly and rigidly to substrates, or structural surfaces to which attached, or solidly embed 28 electrical boxes in concrete or masonry. All boxes shall be supported independently of conduit. 29 30 Provide electrical connections for installed boxes. 31 32 Electrical box locations indicated on Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify location of outlets prior to 33 rough-in. Coordinate exact locations with the work of other Divisions. Mis-located outlets and/or devices shall be 34 relocated upon instruction from Owner's representative at no additional cost. 35 36 Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. 37 38 Use multiple gang boxes where more than one device is mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide 39 barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. Provide barriers to separate adjacent devices where the 40 voltage is greater than 150 Volts between the devices. 41 42 Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation or fire proofing. 43 44 Position outlets to locate lighting fixtures and/or luminaries as indicated on Drawings. Boxes are to be positioned 45 plum and vertical,  2. 46 47 Align wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 48 49 Subsequent to installation of boxes, protect boxes from construction debris and damage. 50 51 52 GROUNDING 53 54 Upon completion of installation work, properly ground electrical boxes and demonstrate compliance with 55 requirements. 56 57 58 END OF SECTION 260535 59 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260593-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Connections for Equipment SECTION 260593 - ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 RELATED DOCUMENTS 5 6 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 7 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 8 9 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 12 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical connectors and terminals, of types and ratings 13 required, and ancillary connection materials, including electrical insulating tape, solder/fluxes, and cable ties, whose 14 products are Listed. 15 16 Codes and Standards: 17 18 NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEC as to type products used and installation of 19 electrical power connections (terminals and splices), for junction boxes, motor starters, and disconnect 20 switches. 21 22 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Comply with UL Std. 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use 23 with Copper Conductors" including, but not limited to, tightening of electrical connectors to torque values 24 indicated. Provide electrical connection products and materials that are Listed and Labeled. 25 26 27 SUBMITTALS 28 29 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 30 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 31 32 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical connections for equipment products and materials. 33 34 35 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36 37 38 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS 39 40 General: For each electrical connection indicated, provide complete assembly of materials, including but not 41 necessarily limited to, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical insulating tape, cable ties, solderless wire-nuts, 42 and other items and accessories as needed to complete splices and terminations of types indicated. 43 44 Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings: 45 46 General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, and sizes indicated for each type 47 service. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to 48 fulfill wiring requirements and comply with NEC requirements for raceways. Provide products complying 49 with Section 260534, RACEWAYS, and in accordance with the following listing of metal conduit, tubing and 50 fittings: 51 52 Rigid steel conduit 53 54 Rigid metal conduit fittings 55 56 Electrical metallic tubing 57 58 EMT fittings 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260593-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Connections for Equipment Flexible metal conduit 1 2 Flexible metal conduit fittings 3 4 Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit 5 6 Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit fittings 7 8 Wires, Cables, and Connectors: 9 10 General: Provide wires, cables, and connectors complying with Section 260519, SECONDARY VOLTAGE 11 WIRES AND CABLES. 12 13 Wires/Cables: Unless otherwise indicated, provide conductors for electrical connections that match, 14 including sizes and ratings, of wires/cables that are supplying electrical power. Provide copper conductors 15 with conductivity of not less than 98% at 68 F. 16 17 Connectors and Terminals: Provide copper electrical connectors and terminals that mate and match, 18 including sizes and ratings, with equipment terminals and are recommended by equipment manufacturer for 19 intended applications. Aluminum conducting components are not acceptable for use on this project. 20 21 Electrical Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, wirenuts and cable ties as 22 recommended for use by accessories manufacturers for type services indicated. 23 24 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 27 28 INSPECTION 29 30 Inspect area and conditions under which electrical connections for equipment are to be installed and notify A-E in 31 writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory 32 conditions have been corrected. 33 34 35 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 36 37 Install electrical connections as indicated in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with 38 recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC and NECA'S "Standard of 39 Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. 40 41 Coordinate with other work, including wires/cables, raceway and equipment installation, as necessary to properly 42 interface installation of electrical connections for equipment with other work. 43 44 Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with equipment manufacturer's 45 written instructions and wiring diagrams. Mate and match conductors of electrical connections for proper interface 46 between electrical power supplies and installed equipment. 47 48 Cover splices with electrical insulating material equivalent to, or of greater insulation resistivity rating than electrical 49 insulation rating of those conductors being spliced. 50 51 Prepare cables and wires by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation properly to ensure uniform 52 and neat appearance where cables and wires are terminated. Exercise care to avoid cutting through tapes that will 53 remain on conductors. Also avoid "ringing" copper conductors while skinning wire. 54 55 Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange routing to facilitate inspection, testing and maintenance. 56 Leave a minimum of 6” of excess spare conductor at each termination. 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260593-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Electrical Connections for Equipment Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturers 1 published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Accomplish tightening by utilizing proper torquing tools, 2 including torque screwdriver, beam-type torque wrench, and ratchet wrench with adjustable torque settings. Where 3 manufacturer's torque requirements are not available, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with torque values 4 contained in UL 486A. 5 6 Provide flexible connections to equipment as follows: 7 8 Provide Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC) for connection of electrical equipment where subject to movement and 9 vibration or as otherwise required by the Specifications or on the Drawings. 10 11 Provide metal Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC) for equipment in exterior locations, wet locations, or 12 in other locations where so indicated on the Drawings. 13 14 Fasten identification markers to each electrical power supply wire/cable conductor that indicates their voltage, phase 15 and feeder number in accordance with Section 260533, ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. Affix markers on each 16 terminal conductor, as close as possible to the point of connection. 17 18 19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20 21 Upon completion of installation of electrical connections, and after circuitry has been energized with rated power 22 source, test connections to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Ensure that direction of 23 rotation of each motor fulfills requirement. Correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate 24 compliance. 25 26 27 END OF SECTION 260593 28 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260800-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Testing and Placing in Service SECTION 260800 - TESTING AND PLACING IN SERVICE 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division-1 8 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 9 10 11 WORK INCLUDED 12 13 Provide all material, equipment, labor and technical supervision to perform and complete the electrical acceptance 14 tests in accordance with the requirements of this section for equipment installed as the Work of this contract. Notify 15 A-E at least four (4) working days in advance of tests. 16 17 18 Perform Tests on the Following Equipment and/or in the following areas: 19 20 Cable Tests Low Voltage ( 600 Volt) Grounding Overcurrent devices Rotating Equipment 21 DEFINITIONS 22 23 Measure: To obtain the requested system information by use of suitable instruments and to record this information in 24 the appropriate section of the test report. 25 26 Repaired: Material or equipment that has been brought to new condition, retested and made to pass all required 27 tests. 28 29 30 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31 32 Perform tests to obtain required information in accordance with accepted industry procedures and/or in accordance 33 with manufacturer's recommendations. Should manufacturer's recommendations conflict with these specifications, 34 notify A-E. Do not proceed with tests until directed by A-E. 35 36 Material or equipment failing tests shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. 37 38 The Contractor shall be responsible for all tests and for documentation of test data. Testing shall be performed by or 39 under the immediate supervision of the Contractor. 40 41 42 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 43 44 45 The Contractor shall employ testing devices as required to accomplish specified testing herein and as described 46 elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 47 48 Test Equipment Suitability: The test equipment used by the Contractor shall be suitable for the intended 49 tests and shall comply with ANSI/NETA ATS-2009, Section 5.2. 50 51 Test Equipment Calibration: The test equipment used by the Contractor shall be suitable for the intended 52 tests and shall comply with ANSI/NETA ATS-2009, Section 5.3. 53 54 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260800-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Testing and Placing in Service PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 GENERAL 4 5 Check cable continuity and phase identification for each conductor used on the project. This includes service 6 conductors, feeders, and branch circuit conductors. It is not required to document this test in the testing report 7 required under this section. 8 9 Insulation testing: The insulation tests (megger tests) as specified in this Section are the minimum readings desired 10 at an ambient temperature of 60o F and a low relative humidity. 11 12 Megger readings taken at other than ambient temperature of 60o F shall be corrected to 60o F. 13 14 When megger readings fall below the specified minimum values utilize recognized means to dry out the 15 equipment. The method utilized by the Contractor must be in accordance with manufacturer's written 16 instructions. 17 18 If drying is to be accomplished by applying an electric potential to a cable or piece of equipment, then, in no case 19 (induced or direct) shall the voltage or current exceed the ampacity or the continuous rating of the equipment being 20 dried. 21 22 23 CABLE TESTS 24 25 General: Disconnect each end of all cables from their associated equipment prior to the test. 26 27 Cables  600 Volt: Inspect all cable connections for workmanship and conformance with standard practice. 28 29 Perform the following tests: 30 31 Test cable insulation using a megger. 32 33 Perform megger tests between phases and between each conductor and ground with the other 34 conductors and interlocked armor (if part of cable assembly) grounded. 35 36 Test other conductors in the same manner. The minimum acceptable megger reading for cables 37 shall be 1 megohm (M) for #6 AWG conductors and smaller and 250,000 ohms () for #4 AWG 38 conductors and larger. 39 40 The Test Record Shall Include the Following: 41 42 Complete identification of the cable, including approximate length. 43 44 Megger reading data. 45 46 47 OVERCURRENT DEVICES 48 49 50 Operational Test Procedures for Circuit Breakers: Visually inspect and manually operate breakers through a 51 minimum of three (3) open/close cycles. Check for correct alignment, freedom from binding and good contact. 52 Check phase matching and phase rotation immediately prior to energizing of equipment. 53 54 55 ROTATING EQUIPMENT 56 57 During installation, inspect all rotating equipment for damage, moisture, alignment, proper lubrication, oil leaks, phase 58 identification and cleanliness. Check proper rotation. Check and record motor speed (speeds for multi-speed 59 motors). 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 260800-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Testing and Placing in Service Perform a megger test on all rotating equipment with the windings at ambient temperature. Dry and retest any 1 machine not passing this test until it either passes or is found unsatisfactory. 2 3 For three phase motors, apply megger tests between all phases tied together and ground. 4 5 Maintain megger tests for one (1) minute or until the reading maintains a constant value for 15 seconds. 6 7 Final acceptance of rotating equipment will be made after the equipment is successfully energized during operational 8 tests. Tests with each machine mechanically uncoupled (where reverse rotation could damage equipment) shall 9 prove proper rotation, lubrication and alignment. The machine under test shall not have an excessive vibration. 10 11 The Test Record Shall Include the Following: 12 13 Complete identification of item of rotating equipment. 14 15 Values of megger tests. 16 17 Rotational speed of the equipment under test. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 260800 21 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 262726-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Wiring Devices SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 13 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of wiring devices, of types and ratings required in this 14 Section, whose products are Listed and Labeled for the purpose intended. Subject to compliance with requirements 15 provide devices equivalent to that provided by one of the following manufacturers: 16 17 Hubbell 18 Cooper Devices 19 Leviton 20 Pass & Seymour 21 22 Codes and Standards: 23 24 NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and wiring of electrical wiring devices. 25 26 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 20, 486A, 498, and 943 27 pertaining to installation of wiring devices. Provide wiring devices that are Listed and Labeled. 28 29 NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA Standards No. WD 1, "General Purpose 30 Wiring Devices", WD 2, "Semiconductor Dimmers for Incandescent Lamps", and WD 5, "Specific Purpose 31 Wiring Devices". 32 33 34 SUBMITTALS 35 36 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 37 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 38 39 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wiring devices. 40 41 42 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 43 44 45 FABRICATED WIRING DEVICES 46 47 General: Provide factory fabricated wiring devices in types, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated 48 and which comply with NEMA WD 1. 49 50 “Specification” grade devices, as used in this section shall be “Industrial Specification” or “Heavy Duty” 51 grade devices. “Commercial Specification” grade devices shall not be considered equivalent and are not 52 acceptable. 53 54 Color: Provide ivory color devices unless indicated otherwise for selected locations elsewhere in the 55 Specifications or on the Drawings. 56 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 262726-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Wiring Devices Receptacles: 1 2 General-Use Duplex: Provide duplex specification grade type receptacle, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, with 3 green hexagonal equipment ground screw, high impact nylon face, ground terminal, brass triple wipe 4 contacts, 20 Ampere rated, 125-volts, with metal plaster ears. Provide receptacles with grounding terminal 5 internally connected to mounting yoke. Receptacles shall be designed for side and back wiring with spring-6 loaded, screw activated pressure plates, with NEMA configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated. 7 8 General-Use Simplex: Provide single specification grade type receptacle, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, with 9 green hexagonal equipment ground screw, high impact nylon face, ground terminal, brass triple wipe 10 contacts, 20 Ampere rated, 125 volts, with metal plaster ears. Provide receptacles with grounding terminal 11 internally connected to mounting yoke. Receptacles shall be designed for side and back wiring with spring-12 loaded, screw activated pressure plates, with NEMA configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated. 13 14 Ground-Fault Interrupter: Provide specification grade ground-fault circuit interrupter, with heavy-duty duplex 15 receptacles capable of being installed in a 1-1/2" deep outlet box without adapter. Ground fault interrupter 16 receptacles shall be grounding type, UL Class A, Group 1, 20 ampere rated, 120-volts, 60 Hz, with high 17 impact nylon face, brass triple wipe contacts, and solid-state ground-fault sensing and signaling. Devices 18 shall have 5 milliamperes ground-fault trip level and shall be equipped with NEMA configuration 5-20R. 19 20 Special Receptacles: Provide special receptacles with NEMA configuration, voltage rating, current rating, 21 and other attributes as indicated on the Drawings in Receptacle Schedules, General Notes, Keyed Notes, or 22 other designations. 23 24 Receptacles provided are to be either straight blade, locking type, or pin type as indicated. All 25 receptacles are to be equipped with green hexagonal equipment ground screw, brass triple wipe 26 contacts and brass connector screws. 27 28 Receptacles shall be designed for both side and back wiring with spring-loaded and screw 29 activated pressure plates where such are available in the device type indicated. 30 31 Miscellaneous Features: 32 33 Provide the following additional receptacle features where such is required by code or indicated on the 34 drawings: 35 36 Weather resistant (WR) for all general use and ground fault interrupter receptacles installed in 37 damp and wet locations. 38 39 Switches: 40 41 Snap: Provide heavy-duty, specification grade, flush single-pole AC quiet toggle switches, 20 Amperes, 42 120-277 Volts AC, with silver cadmium oxide contacts, brass terminal screws, and mounting yoke insulated 43 from mechanism. Equip switches with plaster ears, switch handle, and green hexagonal equipment 44 grounding screw. Switches shall be designed for side and back wiring with spring-loaded, screw activated 45 pressure plates. 46 47 48 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES 49 50 Wallplates for Flush Mounted Devices: Provide standard sized stainless steel (Type 302 wallplates for flush mounted 51 single and combination wiring devices of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as required for the application. 52 Select plates that mate and match wiring devices to which attached; provide blank plates for empty or unused boxes. 53 Provide screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads shall match finish of plates. Oversized plate shall not be 54 used unless specifically permitted by the A-E. A quantity of 2% spare plates shall be provided for the Owner. 55 56 Wallplates for Surface Mounted Devices: Provide steel plates as required to match device box construction. 57 58 Wallplates for exterior and/or wet locations: Provide weatherproof PVC products listed as "extra duty while in use." 59 Covers shall be rectangular, transparent high-impact, UV-resistant polycarbonate. 60 61 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 262726-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Wiring Devices PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2 3 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES 4 5 Install wiring devices as indicated in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of 6 NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project 7 requirements. 8 9 Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation 10 of wiring devices with other work. 11 12 Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes that are clean, free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris. 13 14 Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. 15 16 Install wallplates after painting work is completed. 17 18 Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's 19 published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, 20 tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torque’s specified in UL Stds 486A and B. Use properly 21 scaled torque indicating hand tool. 22 23 24 PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES 25 26 Upon installation of wallplates and receptacles, advise other project Contractors regarding proper and cautious use of 27 convenience outlets. At time of Substantial Completion, replace those items that have been damaged, including 28 those burned and scored by faulty plugs. 29 30 31 GROUNDING 32 33 Provide equipment grounding connections for all wiring devices, unless otherwise indicated. All devices, including 34 switches, shall be grounded by an individual insulated green equipment grounding conductor connected to the 35 grounding conductor that is run with the ungrounded conductors, and attached to the device box. Comply with 36 tightening torque’s specified in UL Std. 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. 37 38 39 TESTING 40 41 Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. Ensure proper polarity of 42 connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with 43 requirements. 44 45 46 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 47 48 Subsequent to completion of installation of electrical disconnect switches, energize circuitry and demonstrate 49 capability and compliance with requirements. Correct any faults to assure compliance with requirements. Retest to 50 demonstrate compliance. Devices that fail to comply with requirements shall be removed and replaced with new 51 units. Retest all replaced devices. 52 53 54 END OF SECTION 262726 55 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 262816-1 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers SECTION 262816 – ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 4 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 8 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 9 10 11 SUMMARY 12 13 This section includes fusible switches, non-fusible switches, molded case circuit breakers and enclosures. 14 15 16 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17 18 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical switches and circuit breakers, of types and 19 ratings required in this Section, whose products are Listed and Labeled for the purpose intended. Subject to 20 compliance with requirements provide equipment equivalent to that provided by one of the following manufacturers: 21 22 Square D 23 Cutler Hammer 24 General Electric 25 Siemens 26 27 Codes and Standards: 28 29 NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements pertaining to construction and installation of electrical 30 switches and circuit breakers. 31 32 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 489, “Molded-Case Circuit 33 Breakers, Molded Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker enclosures pertaining to circuit breakers, accessories 34 and enclosures. Provide units that are Listed and Labeled. 35 36 Special-Use Markings: Provide enclosed circuit breakers, constructed for special-use, with appropriate 37 Listed marks that indicates that they are suitable for special type of use/application including service 38 entrance equipment. 39 40 Testing Laboratory Compliance: Comply with requirements of UL 98, "Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches". 41 Provide safety switches that have been Listed and Labeled. 42 43 NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standard Publication No. KS 1, 44 "Enclosed Switches" and 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)." 45 46 47 SUBMITTALS 48 49 Submittals shall be made in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 019913. Specific submittal 50 requirements are defined in each section of this Division. 51 52 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical switches and circuit breakers. 53 54 Submit Time-Current Timing Charts: Provide response curves for all overcurrent protection devices furnished as a 55 part of the project. Provide specific circuit breaker and trip unit model numbers for all specified electronic trip 56 breakers, with available settings for engineer’s use in developing system coordination. 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 262816-2 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2 3 FABRICATED SWITCHES 4 5 Safety Switches: Provide surface-mounted, heavy duty, steel enclosed safety switches, of types, voltage rating, 6 current rating, and number of poles indicated on the Drawings. 7 8 Switches with no drawing indication of number of poles are three pole types. Switches shall be fusible type, rated as 9 follows unless otherwise specified: 10 11 For 208Y/120 V.: Use 250 Volt type, with neutral and grounding bus. 12 13 Provide internally mounted, insulated, neutral bus suitable for copper conductors. Provide separate equipment 14 grounding bus, bonded to the enclosure and marked for use as a grounding bus. 15 16 Provide horsepower rated switches incorporating quick-make, quick-break type switches constructed so that switch 17 blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of enclosure 18 base and whose operating position is easily recognizable. Internal current carrying components shall be 19 high-conductivity copper; switch contacts shall be silver-tungsten type. Fuse holders shall have positive pressure 20 type reinforced fuse clips. Where non-fused disconnect switches are indicated, provide solid copper bus bars in lieu 21 of fuses. 22 23 Provide NEMA Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings; provide NEMA Type 3R enclosure 24 where the Drawings indicate weatherproof. Other enclosure types shall be furnished if specifically indicated on the 25 Drawings. 26 27 Provide switches that may be locked in either the “ON’ or ‘OFF’ condition with a 1/4" shackle hasp-type lock. 28 Safety switches shall have door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the operating handle of 29 the switch is in the “on” position. Manual defeat mechanisms shall be provided for the interlocks. 30 31 Provide two-pole interlock switches for all disconnects that are used with utilization equipment requiring control 32 connections provided under other divisions. The interlock switch is to be configured such that when the disconnect is 33 open the interlock switch is open. 34 35 Provide additional interlock switches, auxiliary contacts, mechanical key interlocks, or other accessories as 36 may be described by the Drawings. 37 38 Fuses: Provide fuses for safety switches of classes, types, and ratings needed to fulfill electrical requirements of 39 Divisions 26-28 supplied utilization equipment served by the safety switch. Dual element fuses shall be cartridge type 40 with ferrule contact or knife-blade contact type as appropriate. 41 42 Fuses for equipment supplied by other divisions are to be furnished and installed by the division supplying 43 the equipment. 44 45 Fuses are not to be installed by this contractor unless the equipment served by the disconnect is furnished under 46 Divisions 26-28. 47 48 49 PART 3 - EXECUTION 50 51 52 INSTALLATION OF ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 53 54 Install electrical switches and circuit breakers as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, 55 applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized 56 industry practices. 57 58 59 60 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 ORANGE COUNTY 262816-3 Emergency Management Warehouse Building Dehumidification Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Coordinate electrical switches and circuit breakers installation work with electrical raceway and cable work, as 1 necessary for proper interface. Coordinate exact location of switches with equipment electrical connection point. 2 3 Locate electrical switches and circuit breakers so that they are accessible after all project elements are 4 installed. Location selected for switches must permit complete opening of the disconnect door or cover to 5 the maximum amount permitted by the design of the switch enclosure. 6 7 Install electrical switches and circuit breakers for use with motor-driven appliances, and motors and controllers within 8 sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated. 9 10 11 GROUNDING 12 13 Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to assure a permanent and effective ground, for electrical 14 switches and circuit breakers. All electrical switches and circuit breakers shall be grounded by means of a separate 15 insulated grounding conductor, run with the ungrounded conductors, and bonded to the disconnect enclosure by 16 means of a dedicated grounding screw terminal or bus. 17 18 19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20 21 Subsequent to completion of installation of electrical switches and circuit breakers, energize circuitry and 22 demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at project 23 site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise remove and replace with new units and retest. 24 25 26 END OF SECTION 262816 27 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 P.O. Box 8181 * 300 West Tryon Street, Building B, 3rd Floor * Hillsborough, North Carolina 27278 Telephone: 919 245-2625 Fax: 919-640-1873 E-mail: amservice@orangecountync.gov Addendum 1 Addendum Date: March 3, 2022 Project Name Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification Project No. 10068 RFP No. 367-OC 5344 Owner: Orange County, NC 405 Meadowlands Drive Hillsborough, NC 27278 Location: 510 Meadowlands Drive Hillsborough, NC 27278 Engineering: Salas O’Brien – North Carolina 1620 Midtown Place Raleigh, NC 27609 Adam Spach, PE Principal, Mechanical Engineer Tel: 919-832-8118 Email: adam.spach@salasobrien.com This addendum shall be included in the contract for the above referenced project. All General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, etc..., as originally or as modified below shall apply to these items. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Page 2 of 5 BID DUE DATE HAS BEEN EXTENDED: Bids will be received until Thursday, March 24th by 5:00p.m., for a Single Prime Contract at: Orange County Finance Office 405 Meadowlands Drive Hillsborough, NC 27278 General 1. A non-mandatory Prebid Meeting was held on February 22, 2022. On behalf of the Owner and Engineers, we would like to thank you for your interest and attendance at this Pre-Bid Conference. 2. All control shown in Specification Sections 230913 and 230923 shall be performed by the owner. This work is also shown graphically on “H” sheets. The contractor shall coordinate this scope of work with the owner’s representative. I. Bid: Bids will be received until Thursday, March 24, 2022, at 5pm for a Single Prime Contract at: Orange County Finance Office 405 Meadowlands Drive Hillsborough, NC 27278 This is an informal bid. Bid responses shall be submitted to Orange County Purchasing Agent via email at abarnes@orangecountync.gov in pdf format. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Page 3 of 5 II. Bid Day Documents: Refer to Bid Forms 1. Proposal Form Pages 1 through 3 2. Bid Bond is not required for this project 3. Minority Business Guidelines (10% Goal) 4. E-Verify Affidavit and Living Wage Acknowledgement Pages 11 and 12 5. Orange County Nondiscrimination Certification Pages 13 and 14 6. Bid email shall include the following in the subject line: Bid No. 367-OC5344 Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification 7. Any bids that have qualifying notes or comments will be rejected. 8. For mailed bids, it is the contractor’s responsibility to ensure the bid arrives prior to the bid closing date and time. III. Alternates / Allowances: Alternates Alternate No. 1: HVLS Fans Allowances None IV. E-Procurement Vendors E-Procurement rules WILL apply for Registered E-Procurement Vendors only. If the low bidder is an E-Procurement Vendor, the owner will not be responsible for any fees associated with the E-Procurement process incurred by the low bidder or any subcontractor. Refer to Special Conditions Article 8. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Page 4 of 5 V. Schedule: Notice to Proceed: Issued when material lead times are established. Final Completion: Within 90 days of project start date. VI. Liquidated Damages: See Supplementary General Conditions: $500.00 each calendar day in excess of the stated completion time. VII. Examination of Bid Documents: All Bidders are expected to fully examine and familiarize themselves with the Drawings, Specifications and Existing Conditions. All Bidders should read the scopes of the bid package. Any questions or clarifications should be directed to the Orange County Project Manager. No allowances will be made after the bids are received for any oversight due to failure to examine the documents. VIII. Substitutions: Substitutions or approvals of “Equals” will only be accepted if approved by the Engineer in writing at least 7 days prior to the receipt of bids: March 1, 2022, will be the last day to submit substitution requests. IX. Technical Questions: Technical questions shall be submitted to Orange County Project Manager as soon as possible by phone or preferred email. Angel Barnes Abarnes@orangecountync.gov 919.245.2628 X. Construction Documents: This is an informal bid and construction documents and specifications are available in PDF format on the Orange County Website. All addenda will be posted on the website. If you have any issues or cannot download any of the documents, please let us know and we will work to make sure you can get them. XI. Addenda: Addenda will be posted on the Orange County Website. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Page 5 of 5 XII. Engineer’s brief description of the project: Install new dehumidification units, install new HVLS fans, improve existing ventilation system and provide new monitoring system. XIII. Accepted Alternates: Alternate 2: Controls directly through Siemens Building Technologies. Questions and Responses: None Attachments: 1. Pre-Bid Sign in Sheet DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 MEETING SIGN IN SHEET 1620 Midtown Place Raleigh, North Carolina 27609 919.832.8118 | www.salasobrien.com MEETING DATE: Tuesday, February 22, 2022 @ 2:00pm PROJECT: Emergency Services Center Dehumidification OWNER: Orange County PROJECT NO: SO# 0611-02-00-20 LOCATION: 510 Meadowlands Dr, Hillsborough, NC 27278 ATTENDING: <Please Sign-In Below> NAME: COMPANY PHONE EMAIL Gordon Beverly Salas O’Brien 919-832-8118 gordon.beverly@salasobrien.com Angel Barnes Orange County 919-610-8182 abarnes@orangecountync.gov DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Bid Page #1 COUNTY OF ORANGE FINANCIAL SERVICES – PURCHASING PO BOX 8181 HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27278 ORANGE COUNTY BID NO. 367-OC5344 RFP DATE: 2/8/2022 ATTENTION: INTERESTED VENDORS Orange County requests your competitive quotation to furnish the item(s) l isted below for Orange County Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification located at 510 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 A non-mandatory site visit is scheduled for February 22, 2022 at 2pm at the site. We will meet at 510 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 at the main lobby exterior of the building. This is the only scheduled time for contractors to view the site. By submission of a bid the contractor acknowledges he/she fully understands the extent of the project. Please transmit this quotation via email (pdf format), to the Orange County Purchasing Agent - jamaro@orangecountync.gov by March 8, 2022 no later than 5:00pm ITEM # COMMODITIES/GOODS OR SERVICES 1 Provide a labor and materials to provide and install dehumidification at the Emergency Services warehouse per drawings G001, G002, H001, H101, H201, E001, E101, E201 dated 12/23/2021 SUBMIT PRICING ON ATTACHMENT “A” – Bid Proposal Form Add Alternate 1: Mechanical and Electrical Installation of the HVLS fans to be bid as an alternate. Add Alternate 2: Controls directly through Siemens Building Technologies PLEASE STATE FIRM DELIVERY TIME TO START AFTER RECEIPT OF PURCHASE ORDER: _____________ DAYS PLEASE STATE NUMBER OF DAYS TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT AFTER COMMENCEMENT: _____________ DAYS Will any people working on this job make less than $15.40 per hour YES _______ NO ______ If yes, the lowest hourly wage to be paid any employee shall be: $ ____ / HOUR **SEE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS** License _____________ (if applicable) FIRM NAME ________________________________________ BY ______________________________________________ (Proposal must be signed in writing) ADDRESS __________________________ FAX: _____________________________________________ __________________________ TELEPHONE: ______________________________________ EMAIL: ___________________________________________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Bid Page #2 COUNTY OF ORANGE FINANCIAL SERVICES – PURCHASING PO BOX 8181 405 Meadowlands Drive HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27278 Instructions to Bidders 1. All bids and proposals shall be for furnishing apparatus, supplies, materials, equipment and/or work and services in accordance with the applicable plans and specifications prescribed by Orange County. Plans and/or specifications may be obtained at the Orange County Finance Department Purchasing Division, 405 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, North Carolina, 27278. 2. Orange County reserves the right to: o award lowest responsible bidder that is responsive, o to reject any or all bids, o And to waive minor irregularities. 3. The successful bidder shall comply fully with the requirements of General Statutes, Section 143-129 and 143-131, as amended. This is an informal range; therefore there will not be a formal opening. Results will be made available after award. 4. In the event of default by any contractor or vendor Orange County may procure from other sources whatever service or item is being bid, and holds the contractor responsible for any excess cost occasioned thereby. 5. Payment by check or Electronic Funds Transfer is due thirty days after completion and inspection unless otherwise specifically provided; subject to any discounts allowed. 6. North Carolina sales and use tax shall be included in the bid amount. 7. Bids submitted via email shall be accepted and are the preferred receipt method. Email to jamaro@orangecountync.gov. 8. Proposals received after opening date and time shall not be considered. 9. Bids must be signed and submitted on the attached form of proposal 10. The successful contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and inspections. 11. The successful contractor shall be required to agree to and sign the Orange County Construction Agreement (copy attached). Among the items included in that agreement are the County’s Insurance requirements and sales tax. 12. All contractors are hereby notified that they must have proper license under the State laws governing their respective trades. Please display license number on your submittal. 13. Please direct questions concerning this bid document to Jovana Amaro, Purchasing Agent, Orange County Financial Services, (919) 245-2651 or via email at jamaro@orangecountync.gov . Please direct any questions about the scope, site visit, details of the work, or the proposal to: Angel Barnes, Orange County Capital Projects Manager, Orange County AMS 919-245-2628 abarnes@orangecountync.gov 14. A non-mandatory site visit is scheduled for February 22, 2022 at 2pm at the site. We will meet at 510 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 at the main lobby exterior of the building. This is the only scheduled time for contractors to view the site. By submission of a bid the contractor acknowledges he/she fully understands the extent of the project. 15. HB786 imposes E-Verify requirements on contractors who enter into certain contracts with state agencies and local governments. The legislation specifically prohibits governmental units from entering into certain contracts “unless the contractor and the contractor’s subcontractors comply with the requirements of Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the General Statutes.” (Article 2 of Chapter 64 establishes North Carolina’s E-Verify requirements for private employers). It is important to note that the verification requirement applies to subcontractors as well as contractors. The new laws specifically prohibit governmental units from entering into contracts with contractors who have not (or their subs have not) complied with E-Verify requirements. Complete the attached affidavit, and include it with your submittal. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 Orange County Bid Page #3 Attachment A RFP# 367-OC5344 Bid Proposal Form: Emergency Services Warehouse Dehumidification Contractor agrees to furnish all materials, labor, equipment and any other supplies necessary to complete the above work, for the sum of: $_________________ Add Alternate 1: $____________________ Add Alternate 2: $____________________  All work must be completed within 90 days of the project start date March 28, 2022. Notice to proceed will not be issued until material lead times are established and the start date is agreed to by all parties.  Contractor is willing to participate in the County’s “Docusign” digital contracting process and enter into a standard contract with the County. ___________________________________________________ _________________ (Signature of Contractor) (Date) Acknowledge Addenda below: No. 1 _________ No. 2__________ No3.____________ Orange County Forms: 1. Form of Proposal 2. E-Verify Affidavit and Living Wage 3. Construction Contract Template 4. Nondiscrimination Certification 5. Dispute Resolution 6. Minimum Insurance Requirements 7. County Sales Use Tax Forms 8. Drawings 9. Orange County Hot Work Permit Process The highlighted forms are to be returned as a part of your bid package. DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER F : INSURER E : INSURER D : INSURER C : INSURER B : INSURER A : NAIC # NAME:CONTACT (A/C, No):FAX E-MAILADDRESS: PRODUCER (A/C, No, Ext):PHONE INSURED REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. OTHER: (Per accident) (Ea accident) $ $ N / A SUBR WVD ADDL INSD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $ $ $ $PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOS ONLY AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED SCHEDULEDOWNED ANY AUTO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below If yes, describe under ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $ $ $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH-STATUTEPER LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) EXCESS LIAB UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE $AGGREGATE $ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $ $PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $GENERAL AGGREGATE $PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $MED EXP (Any one person) $EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO-JECT LOC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CANCELLATION AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. CERTIFICATE HOLDER The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HIRED AUTOS ONLY 12/28/2021 Marsh &McLennan Agency LLC 4900 Libbie Mill East Boulevard Suite 100 Richmond VA 23230 800-285-1778 certificates@MarshMMA.com National Trust Insurance Company 20141 SOUTHEASTM FCCI Insurance Company 10178SoutheastMechanical,LLC Warren Hay Mechanical Contractors,LLC 1100 S.Mint Street Charlotte NC 28203 Bridgefield Employers Insurance Company 10701 884458103 A X 1,000,000 X 100,000 5,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 X Y Y CPP100071279 7/1/2021 7/1/2022 2,000,000 B 1,000,000 X X X Y Y CA100071280 7/1/2021 7/1/2022 B X X 10,000,000YUMB1000712817/1/2021Y 7/1/2022 10,000,000 C X N Y 83056871 12/31/2021 12/31/2022 500,000 500,000 500,000 Orange County Asset Management PO Box 8181 HILLSBOROUGH NC 27278 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7668B866-6C26-485C-9A45-DAAB5D4BD951